Skip to main content

Full text of "Chinese landscape painting"

See other formats


fffl= 

THE  CLEVELAND  MUSEUM  OF  ART 

Ingalls  Library 


(J 


CHINESE 

LANDSCAPE 

PAINTING 


by  Sherman  E.  Lee 


THE  CLEVELAND  MUSEUM  OF  ART,  CLEVELAND,  OHIO 


>v.  i 


THE  CLEVELAND  MUSEUM  OF  ART 


BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 


Harold  T.  Clark 
Ralph  M.  Coe 
Edward  B.  Greene 
Leonard  C.  Hanna,  Jr. 
Mrs.  Albert  S.  Ingalls 


Severance  A.  Millikin 
Laurence  H.  Norton 
Mrs.  R.  Henry  Norweb 
Ralph  S.  Schmitt 
G.  Garretson  Wade 


Lewis  B.  Williams 


LENDERS  TO  THE  EXHIBITION 


Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Boston 
Bowdoin  College  Museum  of  Fine 
Arts,  Brunswick,  Maine 
Fogg  Art  Museum,  Harvard  Univer¬ 
sity,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts 
The  Art  Institute  of  Chicago 
The  Detroit  Institute  of  Arts 
Honolulu  Academy  of  Arts 
John  Herron  Art  Museum,  Indi¬ 
anapolis 

Nelson  Gallery  of  Art  and  Atkins 
Museum,  Kansas  City,  Missouri 
Museum  of  Art,  Rhode  Island  School 
of  Design,  Providence 
The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art, 
New  York 

The  Dudley  Peter  Allen  Memorial 
Museum,  Oberlin  College,  Oberlin, 
Ohio 

City  Art  Museum  of  St.  Louis 
Seattle  Art  Museum 
The  Toledo  Museum  of  Art 
National  Gallery  of  Art  (Rosenwald 
Collection),  Washington,  D.C. 


Musee  Guimet,  Paris 
Museum  fur  Ostasiatische  Kunst, 
Cologne 

The  Tokyo  National  Museum 
The  Osaka  Municipal  Museum 
Richard  B.  Hobart,  Cambridge, 
Massachusetts 
Eli  Lilly,  Indianapolis 
Nu  Wa  Chai 
Dr.  R.  Breuer,  Beirut 
Kanichi  Sumitomo,  Oiso 
Kichizaemon  Sumitomo,  Kyoto 
Richard  C.  Rudolph,  Los  Angeles 
Mrs.  Walter  Sedgwick,  London 
Mrs.  Brenda  Seligman,  London 
Frank  Caro,  successor  to  C.  T.  Loo, 
New  York 

Durlacher  Brothers,  New  York 
Heeramaneck  Galleries,  New  York 
Walter  Hochstadter,  New  York 
Howard  Hollis  and  Company, 
Cleveland 

Rosenberg  and  Stiebel,  New  York 
The  Bamboo  Studio,  New  York 


Copyright,  1954  by  The  Cleveland  Museum  of  Art,  Cleveland  6,  Ohio. 

2 


ERRATA 


CONTENTS 


p.  144,  9,  on  silk,  not  on  paper.  Page 

p.  145,  14,  il,  p.  28,  not  p.  27.  4 

p.  145,  15,  it.  p.  32,  notp.  15. 
p,  146,  30,  il.  p.  50,  not  p.  51. 

p.  147,  32,  il.  p.  56,  not  p,  57.  11 

p.  147,  34,  il.  p.  59,  not  p.  58.  23 

p.  147,  36,  il.  p.  58,  notp.  60. 

.  . . .  .  43 

p.  -|49(  43,  Hung  Chili,  not  Hung  Chin. 

p.  150,  53a,  il.  p.  79,  not  p.  SO.  .  59 

p.150,  54,  il.  p.80,. notp.  79.  .  73 

p.  150,  55,  il.  p.  82,  notp.  81. 
p.  155,  97,  il.  p.  121, 122,  not  p.  117. 

p.158,124,  il.  p.133 ,  not  p.132.  102 

.  115 

.  142 

.  144 

.  159 

.  169 


3 


THE  CLEVELAND  M 


BOARI 


Harold  T.  Clark 
Ralph  M.  Coe 
Edward  B.  Greene 
Leonard  C.  Hanna,  Jr. 

Mrs.  Albert  S.  Ingalls 

Lt 

LENDERS  TO  THE 

Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Boston 
Bowdoin  College  Museum  of 
Arts,  Brunswick,  Maine 
Fogg  Art  Museum,  Harvard  Ur 
sity,  Cambridge,  Massachuseti 
The  Art  Institute  of  Chicago 
The  Detroit  Institute  of  Arts 
Honolulu  Academy  of  Arts 
John  Herron  Art  Museum, 
anapolis 

Nelson  Gallery  of  Art  and  A 
Museum,  Kansas  City,  Missoi 
Museum  of  Art,  Rhode  Island  S< 
of  Design,  Providence 
The  Metropolitan  Museum  of 
New  York 

The  Dudley  Peter  Allen  Merr 
Museum,  Oberlin  College,  Obi 
Ohio 

City  Art  Museum  of  St.  Louis 
Seattle  Art  Museum 
The  Toledo  Museum  of  Art 
National  Gallery  of  Art  (Rosenwald 
Collection),  Washington,  D.C. 


Heeramaneck  Galleries,  New  York 
Walter  Hochstadter,  New  York 
Howard  Hollis  and  Company, 
Cleveland 

Rosenberg  and  Stiebel,  New  York 
The  Bamboo  Studio,  New  York 


Copyright,  1954  by  The  Cleveland  Museum  of  Art,  Cleveland  6,  Ohio. 


2 


CONTENTS 


Page 

Preface  and  Acknowledgments .  4 

Introduction  .  5 

The  Beginnings  of  Landscape .  11 

The  Sung  Dynasty  .  23 

The  Yuan  Dynasty .  43 

The  Ming  Dynasty  .  59 

The  Wu  School  .  73 

Tung  Ch’i-ch’ang  and  Some  Individualists .  93 

The  Ch’ing  Dynasty:  Orthodox  Painters .  102 

The  Individualists  .  115 

Bibliography  .  142 

Catalog .  144 

Addenda— Foreign  Loans  .  159 

Index  of  Artists  .  169 


3 


PREFACE  AND  ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


The  bringing  together  of  objects  in  a  great  loan  exhibition  is  an  occasion  of  im¬ 
portance  for  the  casual  visitor,  but  for  the  connoisseur  and  student  it  is  a  never-to-be- 
forgotten  opportunity  where  objects  carefully  selected  from  the  widest  possible  sources 
can  be  compared  and  studied  in  the  juxtapositions  which  such  an  exhibition  makes  easy. 
The  Cleveland  Museum  of  Art  is  therefore  very  grateful  to  the  lenders  who  have  made 
this  exhibition  possible,  and  particularly  to  those  who  have  aided  in  giving  it  the  inter¬ 
national  flavor  which  has  added  so  immeasurably  to  its  stature.  The  lenders  are  listed  else¬ 
where  but  with  them  should  be  recorded  the  following  who  so  graciously  aided  in  the 
securing  of  foreign  loans:  Bluett  and  Sons,  London,  for  aid  on  English  loans;  Mine,  Jean- 
nine  Auboyer  and  Georges  Salles  for  assistance  from  Musee  Guimet,  Paris;  Seiichiro 
Takahashi,  Chairman,  and  the  Commission  for  Protection  of  Cultural  Properties,  for  Jap¬ 
anese  loans;  Shujiro  Shimada  of  the  Kyoto  National  Museum  for  loans  from  Kanichi  Su¬ 
mitomo  and  Kichizaemon  Sumitomo;  Junkichi  Mayuyama,  Tokyo,  for  numerous  favors 
in  forwarding  Japanese  communications;  and  Prof,  Dr,  Werner  Speiser,  Cologne. 

An  exhibition  catalog  can  be  an  ephemeral  thing  so  that  the  grant  of  monies 
through  Hanna  Fund  and  its  President,  Leonard  C,  Hanna,  Jr.,  was  of  the  utmost  impor¬ 
tance;  it  made  possible  instead  the  publishing  in  far  more  permanent  form  of  this  book 
on  the  development  of  Chinese  landscape  painting,  the  objects  in  the  exhibition  being 
used  as  cogent  material  and  almost  all  being  illustrated. 

Many  are  the  scholars  to  whom  we  are  indebted  for  specific  information,  for 
translations  and  many  seal  identifications,  and  for  recordings  in  Chinese  sources:  Laur¬ 
ence  Sickman,  Director,  Nelson  Gallery  of  Art  and  Atkins  Museum,  Kansas  City,  Missouri; 
Dr,  Gustav  Ecke,  Honolulu;  Aschwin  Lippe,  Associate  Curator  of  Far  Eastern  Art,  The 
Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  New  York;  Richard  Edwards  of  the  Fogg  Art  Museum  for 
most  of  the  aid  in  these  matters;  Wen  Fong  for  translations  of  inscriptions  on  some  of  the 
paintings  in  The  Cleveland  Museum  of  Art;  James  Cahill,  New  York,  for  aid  on  some  of 
true  Yuan  paintings;  and  Tseng  Hsien-ch'i,  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Boston,  for  assistance 
to  Mr.  Edwards, 

Photographs  of  Chinese  scenery  have  been  made  available  through  the  cooperation 
of  Osvald  Siren  {those  on  pp.  50,  SO,  118)  and  Walter  Hochstadter  (those  on  pp.  29,  31, 
38,  81,  84,  90).  For  photographs  in  the  exhibition  we  are  grateful  for  those  furnished  by 
the  various  owners  and  for  others  made  by  Richard  Godfrey,  the  photographer  of  the 
Museum, 

Staff  members,  such  as  William  E.  Ward,  Miss  Dorothy  Sasak,  and  Miss  Gay  Samp- 
liner,  have  been  of  invaluable  aid  in  bringing  the  material  into  final  form.  But  above  all 
we  are  indebted  to  Dr.  Lee  for  his  selection  of  the  material  shown  and  for  his  ability  to 
secure  the  gracious  and  generous  aid  which  has  made  this  exhibition  and  this  book  pos¬ 
sible. 

July  27,  1954  William  M,  Milliken 

Director,  The  Cleveland  Museum  of  Art 


4 


INTRODUCTION 


Landscape  is  the  great  subject  of  Chinese  painting  and  Westerners  are 
properly  amazed  at  the  very  early  date  of  its  first  full  expression.  At  this  time 
in  the  ninth  and  tenth  centuries  there  was  nothing  in  Europe  that  could  be 
remotely  considered  a  developed  landscape  art.  And  yet,  if  we  go  further  back, 
to  the  Mediterranean  world  in  Hellenistic  times,  we  find  that  there  was  once 
a  creative  and  forward  looking  Occidental  landscape  art;  and  even  more,  that 
the  high  state  of  that  art,  as  seen  in  the  frescoes  of  the  Odyssey  in  the  Vatican, 
predated  a  comparable  stage  in  the  history  of  Far  Eastern  landscape  painting. 
The  preconditions  for  landscape  include  a  non-anthropomorphic  nature  philoso¬ 
phy.  In  the  Hellenistic  and  Roman  world  this  was  present  in  a  philosophy  for 
which  Lucretius’  De  Rerum  Natura  was  the  prime  literary  expression.  Chris¬ 
tianity  changed  all  this  and  landscape  was  buried  in  the  West,  not  to  re¬ 
appear  until  a  more  sympathetic  attitude  to  nature  was  evinced  by  the  thinkers 
and  doers  of  the  post-Renaissance.  The  early  pure  landscapes  of  Claude,  Pous¬ 
sin,  Rubens,  and  Ruisdael  are  seventeenth-century  creations,  but  still  domin¬ 
ated  in  number  by  the  more  acceptable  categories  of  figure  painting.  The  de¬ 
velopment  of  landscape  into  a  dominant  category  in  Western  painting  occurs  in 
the  “materialistic”  nineteenth  century. 

In  China  nothing  occurred  to  seriously  interrupt  or  reverse  the  steady 
growth  of  a  generally  accepted  philosophy  of  nature  that  provided  a  perfect 
climate  for  great  landscape  painting.  While  the  very  first  evocations  of  nature 
are  magical  with  a  heavy  overlay  of  an  earlier  animism,  there  is  also  present 
an  idea  of  universal  orientation.  The  magic  mountain80  is  not  only  an  abode  of 
strange  spirits,  but  an  axis  from  which  the  four  directions  emanate.  This  direc¬ 
tional  significance  remains  in  early  landscape  painting.  Ku  K’ai-chih  wrote  in 
the  fourth  century,  How  to  Paint  the  Cloud  Terrace  Mountain ,51  "Now,  in  the 
middle  section  to  the  east,  I  would  draw  ...”  This  orientation  concept  leads 
us  away  from  the  magical  to  the  first  of  the  two  dominant  Chinese  philoso¬ 
phies  which  were  all-important  to  a  landscape  art. 

Confucianism,  originally  and  as  it  developed,  was  not  merely  a  system 
of  ethics  for  humans,  but  was  a  rational  world  view  of  remarkable  consistency. 
While  the  Analects  (Lun  Yu)  may  regard  nature  with  a  human  bias  in  the 
famous  quotation,  “The  wise  men  find  pleasure  in  water;  the  virtuous  find 
pleasure  in  mountains,”  the  almost  contemporary  Conduct  of  Life  (Chung 


Note:  The  superior  figures  in  the  text  refer  to  the  books  and  articles  listed  in  the  Selected  Bibliography, 
p.  142.  Diacritical  marks  have  been  omitted  from  Chinese  names  and  words. 


5 


Yung),  a  favorite  compilation  of  later  philosophers,  assumes  a  more  general 
and  universal  position:  “Nature  is  vast,  deep,  high,  intelligent,  infinite  and 
eternal.”  In  this  view  nature’s  principles  exist  for  their  own  sake  with  no 
ulterior  or  fathomable  motives.  Since  the  natural  order  or  principle  (Li)  per¬ 
vades  all  things,  all  things  are  worthy  subjects  of  attention.  Further,  since  we 
can  observe  the  fallibility  of  man,  the  apparent  infallibility  of  nature  makes  it 
the  subject  in  which  Li  can  be  shown  in  its  purest  form.  The  first  full  pictorial 
expression  of  this  rational  attitude  will  be  seen  in  the  Northern  Sung  period; 
but  it  was  ever  present  in  the  minds  of  earlier  painters  and  critics.  Thus  the 
first  and  most  important  of  the  six  pictorial  canons  listed  by  Hsieh  Ho  in  the 
fifth  century,  “animation  through  spirit  consonance,”61  refers  as  much  to  a  ra¬ 
tional  correspondence  of  painting  to  principle  as  to  mystic  responsiveness  to  the 
Taoist  Way  of  the  Universe.51  In  general  the  end  result  of  Confucian  thought 
on  nature  was  oriented  to  both  humanity  and  nature.  The  great  tenth-century 
painter,  Ching  Hao,  writes  with  both  morality  and  principle  in  mind: 

Every  tree  grows  according  to  its  natural  disposition.  Pine  trees  may  grow 
bent  and  crooked,  but  by  nature  they  are  never  too  crooked  .  .  .  They  are 
upright  from  the  beginning.  Even  as  saplings  their  soul  is  not  lowly,  but 
their  form  is  noble  and  solitary  .  .  .  Indeed  the  pine-trees  of  the  forests 
are  like  the  moral  character  of  virtuous  men  which  is  like  the  breeze.51 

The  second  controlling  attitude,  Taoism,  was  more  immediately  derived 
from  magical  attitudes.  But  in  its  purest  form  Taoism  provided  the  intuitive 
and  direct  response  to  nature  which  was  as  necessary  as  rationality.  When  the 
seventeenth-century  individualist  painter,  Shih-t’ao,  equated  the  mountain  with 
the  wave  (water— mysterious  female),  he  was  returning  to  ancient  Taoist  con¬ 
cepts  as  expressed  in  Tsung  Ping  (early  fourth  century). 

In  this  manner,  one  may  represent  in  a  picture  the  sublime  beauty  of  the 
Sung  and  Hua  mountains  and  the  spirit  of  Hsuan  Fin  (Mysterious  Female- 
Spirit  of  the  Valley)  which  dwells  therein.51 

Tsung,  in  turn,  was  referring  to  the  source  of  most  Taoist  thought,  The  Tao-te- 
ching  (fourth  century  B.C.): 

The  Valley  Spirit  never  dies. 

It  is  named  the  Mysterious  Female. 

And  the  Doorway  of  the  Mysterious  Female 

Is  the  base  from  which  Heaven  and  Earth  sprang. 

It  is  there  within  us  all  the  while; 

Draw  upon  it  as  you  will,  it  never  runs  dry. 

— tr.  A.  Waley,  The  Way  and  Its  Power 

—where  the  valley  is  thought  of  as  the  low  point,  the  gatherer  of  waters,  and 
hence  female.  The  Taoist  intuition  of  nature  was  ever  the  mystic  half  of  the 


6 


Chinese  landscape  painter,  even  when  it  was  later  cloaked  in  the  garb  of  Ch’an 
Buddhism,  the  only  form  of  Buddhism  that  provided  a  drive  for  land¬ 
scape  painting.  All  of  these  viewpoints,  magical,  Confucian,  and  Taoist,  make 
it  clear  that  there  is  more  than  the  merely  literal  to  the  Chinese  term  for  land¬ 
scape:  Shan-shui,  “mountain-water”  (picture). 

But  philosophers  do  not  paint  and  artists  do.  In  this  the  Chinese  painter 
is  no  different  from  his  Western  counterpart,  so  well  described  by  Focillon  in 
The  Life  of  Forms  in  Art: 

He  is  human;  he  is  not  a  machine.  Because  he  is  a  man  I  grant  him  every¬ 
thing.  But  his  special  privilege  is  to  imagine,  to  recollect,  to  think,  and 
to  feel  in  forms. 

Just  so  the  Chinese.  When  Tsung  Ping  refers  to  the  already  quoted  passage 
from  the  Analects  he  says,  “But  the  lovers  of  landscapes  are  led  into  the  Way 
by  a  sense  of  form.”51 

Chinese  painting  then  is  concerned  with  forms  seen  or  imagined  by  the 
eyes  of  a  Chinese,  but  still  forms.  And  while  it  is  true  that  a  Westerner  can 
never  see  a  Chinese  painting  in  a  completely  Chinese  way,  the  reverse  is 
equally  true.  Where  the  Chinese  sees  the  very  real  quality  of  brushwork  as 
related  to  calligraphy,  he  also  imagines  the  accepted  cliches  of  a  “pure  and 
noble  spirit  .  .  .  above  the  ordinary  crowd.”  Where  the  Westerner  sees  an 
original  handling  of  the  problem  of  space  composition  he  also  imagines  his 
cliches:  the  metaphysical  significance  of  the  empty  silk  or  the  “lovely  and  dec¬ 
orative”  colors  of  the  later  Chinese  professional  painter-artisan.  We  are  not 
Chinese  nor  ever  can  be,  but  we  can  discipline  ourselves  to  understand  some¬ 
thing  of  that  country’s  approach  to  her  own  painting.  This  can  be  done  with 
integrity  only  if  we,  at  the  same  time,  maintain  our  “Westernness,”  especially 
in  the  sense  of  our  objective  knowledge  of  materials  and  technique  and,  above 
all,  of  style,  of  forms.  Each  Chinese  painting  exists.  There  it  is  before  us.  If  to 
each  successive  generation  of  Chinese  it  was  a  different  painting,  how  much 
more  so  for  us.  But  now  it  is  “our”  painting.  We  can  try  to  see  what  it  was; 
we  see  what  it  is.  Both  visions  are  valid  and  both  are  taken  for  granted  here. 

To  the  Chinese  the  purest  of  the  arts  is  calligraphy  for  it  is  pure  brush 
and  pure  idea,13  the  two  farthest  extremes  of  material  and  ideal  combined 
into  an  inseparable  whole.  To  the  Chinese  the  value  judgment  of  a  picture 
rests  primarily  on  its  brushwork  as  related  to,  and  derived  from,  calligraphy. 
The  nearest  we  Westerners  can  get  to  the  essence  of  what  a  Chinese  sees  in 
Chinese  painting  is  our  concept  of  touch.  Touch  differentiates  one  artist  from 
another  and  the  artist  from  the  non-artist.  If  we  think  of  the  difference  be¬ 
tween  the  touches  of  Rembrandt  and  of  Bol,  or  between  the  touch  of  Vermeer 


7 


and  that  of  Van  Meegeren,  then  we  are  thinking  of  something  not  unlike  the 
concept  of  brushwork  in  a  Chinese  painting.  Look  at  the  last  picture  in  the  ex¬ 
hibition,  the  little  page  by  Ch’ien  Tu  (117,  il.  p.  141).  Study  the  circles  used 
for  foliage  in  the  background.  Note  their  fatness,  as  if  they  were  filled  with 
water.  Look  at  the  detail  of  the  Wang  Hui  (84,  il.  p.  104)  and  note  the  precision 
and  shape  of  each  stroke  as  it  falls  on  the  paper  in  an  almost  measured  ca¬ 
dence.  Then  turn  to  the  freer  examples  such  as  the  Wen  Cheng-ming  (56,  il.  p. 
84)  or  the  Kuo  Hsi  (13,  il  p.  26),  and  consider  them  as  masterpieces  of  touch. 

The  second  of  the  more  obvious  barriers  is  the  Chinese  use  of  type  forms. 
Not  that  they  did  not  go  to  nature,  even  in  the  form  of  sketching.  We  have 
enough  literary  evidence  that  they  did.  Again  Ching  Hao: 

Astonished  by  this  curious  spectacle  (a  gnarled  and  gigantic  pine)  I 
walked  around  and  admired  it.  The  next  day  I  returned  with  my  brushes 
and  sketched  some  of  the  pine  trees.  After  drawing  several  they  seemed 
real  to  me.51 

or  Wang  Li  (fourteenth  century): 

As  long  as  I  did  not  know  the  form  of  the  Hua  Mountain,  how  could  I 
make  a  picture  of  it?56 

But  still  the  Chinese  landscape  is  primarily  a  complex  of  brush  symbols  for 
nature.12  Ruskin  would  not  have  liked  it,  for  it  does  what  Claude  and  other  man¬ 
nerist  or  ideal  painters  did.  They  used  types:  type  elms,  type  rivers,  type  forests, 
intended  to  be  taken  as  an  aesthetic  and  ideal  re-creation.  One  could  not  copy 
nature,  one  could  only  create  a  landscape  painting. 

Such  an  achievement  for  the  Chinese  could  only  be  accomplished 
through  brushwork.  But  how  varied,  rich,  and  complex  that  brushwork  could 
be!  We  have  more  readily  accepted  the  single  brush  stroke  type  of  Chinese 
painting,  the  type  of  the  Southern  Sung  period  (20,  il.  p.  38),  and  we  have 
often  identified  this  one  of  many  styles  with  the  style  of  Chinese  painting.  But 
there  were  other  ways  used  at  all  times  and  just  as  deserving  of  our  attention. 
Consider  the  method  of  Kuo  Hsi  (eleventh  century): 

Having  drawn  a  picture,  he  would  retouch  here  and  add  there;  augment 
and  adorn  it.  If  once  would  have  been  sufficient,  he  would  go  back  to  it 
for  the  second  time.  If  twice  would  have  been  enough  he  would  go  back 
to  it  the  third  time  .  .  .  From  beginning  to  end  he  worked  as  if  lie  were 
guarding  against  a  strong  enemy.31  (13,  il.  p.  26) 

In  order  to  help  this  understanding  of  touch,  relationship  to  nature, 
and  variety  of  technique,  we  have  drawn,  to  a  limited  extent,  on  old  and  mo¬ 
dern  Occidental  drawings  and  on  photographs  of  the  Chinese  countryside,  and 
have  used  these  in  juxtaposition  with  comparable  Chinese  landscapes  in  the 


8 


exhibition.  These  secondary  aids  may  assist  in  making  the  scrolls  less  strange. 
At  the  same  time  the  visual  comparisons  will  highlight  the  real  differences 
of  the  Chinese  eye  from  the  Western  eye,  or  of  the  real  landscape  from  the 
painted  one. 

Chinese  landscape  painting  is  an  aristocratic  production  from  begin¬ 
ning  to  end.  Painting  came  after  writing.  Literacy  was  the  first  prerequisite 
and  the  second  was  literary  knowledge.  How  could  one  use  a  brush  if  one  could 
not  write,  and  write  well?  How  else  could  one  know  of  Li  and  the  first  re¬ 
quirement  of  good  painting,  “animation  through  spirit  consonance?”  The  schol¬ 
ar  was,  therefore,  the  principal  class  from  which  the  great  painters  came.  Fur¬ 
ther,  the  scholars  painted  for  scholars.  The  standard  formats  for  painting,  the 
hanging  scroll,  the  handscroll,  and  the  album,  were  portable.  They  could  be 
hung  at  will  or  carried  wherever  the  owner  wished.  With  the  possible  excep¬ 
tion  of  the  hanging  scroll,  the  formats  were  intimate,  to  be  seen  by  only  one 
person  or  a  few  friends  at  a  time.  If  we  wish  to  experience  something  of  the 
private  and  exclusive  joy  of  the  scholar-painter-collector,  we  must  think  of 
books.  And  there  we  are  again  back  to  the  word  literary  which  is  perhaps  the 
best  definition  of  the  term  for  the  creative  painters  from  at  least  the  twelfth 
century  on:  wen  jen  hua,  gentleman’s  painting.  But  since  only  gentlemen  were 
literary— the  literary  man’s  school.  Sir  Kenneth  Clark"  has  compared  this  con¬ 
cept  with  that  in  England  involving  the  appreciation  of  Claude.  Claude’s  land¬ 
scapes  and  their  titles  were  full  of  just  those  classical  ruins  and  allusions  that 
were  of  interest  to  the  literate  man.  In  China  this  feeling  of  aristocratic  exclu¬ 
siveness  extended  to  the  appreciation  of  nature.  This  poem  of  Po  Chu-i  (772- 
846)  perfectly  expresses  the  literary  man’s  feeling  being  above  and  apart  from 
the  crowd: 

The  snow  has  gone  from  Chung-nan;  spring  is  almost  come. 

Lovely  in  the  distance  its  blue  colors,  against  the  brown  of  the  streets. 

A  thousand  coaches,  ten  thousand  horsemen  pass  down  the  Nine  Roads. 

Turns  his  head  and  looks  at  the  mountains — not  one  man. 

— tr.  A.  Waley,  More  Translations  from  the  Chinese 

The  idea  of  the  literary  man’s  school  was  further  developed  in  the  early 
seventeenth  century  by  the  application  of  the  term  “Southern  School”  to  the  lit¬ 
erary  style.  Its  opposite,  the  professional-artisan  school,  was  then  called  “North¬ 
ern.”  While  not  all  of  the  “Northern”  School  deserved  the  scorn  of  the  critics, 
in  general  the  literary  school  was  the  more  creative  one,  especially  in  land¬ 
scape  and  particularly  after  the  fourteenth  century.  There  is,  statistically  speak¬ 
ing,  some  justification  for  the  geographic  distinction  even  though  it  is  gener¬ 
ally  understood  as  a  qualitative  description.  In  the  landscape  listings  of  Kuo 


9 


Jo-hsu,02  who  wrote  in  the  eleventh  century,  twenty-four  of  thirty-seven  paint¬ 
ers  are  from  the  North;  but  fifty-three  of  sixty  Yuan  or  later  painters  in  this 
exhibition,  for  example,  came  from  the  South.  In  part  it  is  because  the  literati 
were  driven  there,  first  by  the  Tartars  and  Mongols,  and  later,  in  the  seven¬ 
teenth  century,  by  the  Manchus.  Also,  the  milder  climate  of  the  South  with  its 
accompanying  rich  vegetation  made  it  a  favorite  residence  for  the  economically 
self-sufficient,  including  the  scholar-official  and  his  patrons.  The  life  of  retire¬ 
ment  or  the  retreat  of  the  recluse  was  more  feasible  in  the  South.  But  even  more 
than  these  objective  reasons  there  remains  an  apparently  natural  affinity  of  the 
South  for  landscape.  The  earliest  landscape  in  the  exhibition  (1,  il.  p.  11)  is 
from  the  South.  Buddhism’s  greatest  triumphs  were  in  the  North  and  with 
them  appeared  the  greatest  efflorescence  of  a  public  and  a  figural  art.  The  South 
remained  the  stronghold  of  Taoist  thought,  aristocratic  painting,  and  of 
emerging  landscape  art.88 

Landscape  paintings  made  up  a  major  part  of  the  great  Chinese  col¬ 
lections  from  the  Sung  Dynasty  on.  While  the  fact  that  a  painting  comes  from 
a  famous  collection  does  not  automatically  prove  it  good,  such  a  provenance  is 
at  least  a  good  character  reference.  The  growth  of  the  Chinese  painting  collec¬ 
tions  in  this  country,  beginning  with  Boston,  the  Freer  Gallery  in  Washington, 
and  later  with  Kansas  City,  has  now  spread  rather  more  widely  than  we  im¬ 
agine.  And  so  one  can  now  present  a  selection  of  landscape  paintings  not  only 
of  intrinsic  interest,  but  also  with  accompanying  pedigrees  in  the  form  of 
owners'  seals  and  colophons  that  read  rather  like  a  blue  book  of  the  great 
collections:  for  example,  there  are  twelve  paintings  from  the  Imperial  Ch’ien 
Lung  collection  (1736-1796);  four  paintings  from  the  collection  of  the  famous 
connoisseur,  the  Korean  salt  merchant  An  Ch’i  (1683-ca.  1742);  ten  paintings 
formerly  belonging  to  Liang  Ch’ing-piao  (1620-1691),  perhaps  the  greatest 
connoisseur  of  all;  and  five  paintings  from  the  extensive,  if  uneven,  holdings 
of  Hsiang  Yuan-pien  (1525-1590).  All  the  standard  formats  of  landscape  paint¬ 
ing  are  well-represented.  The  numerical  representations  from  the  various 
periods  are  comparable,  allowing  for  the  greater  surviving  quantity  of  post- 
Yuan  painting.  Some  of  the  great  painters  are  missing  but  in  general  the  as¬ 
sembled  exhibition  gives  an  adequate  and  authentic  view  of  Chinese  landscape 
art. 


10 


THE  BEGINNINGS  OF  LANDSCAPE 


The  earliest  landscape  representations  in  China  take  us  back  to  at  least 
the  Late  Chou  period  (fifth-third  century  B.C.).  Most  of  these  occur  in  cast 
metal;  usually  stylized  trees  or  mountains  on  bronze  mirrors  and  inlaid  bronze 
vessels, eT  with  one  rare  example  in  carved  jade.  But  a  unique  example  of  even 
a  semi-pictorial  technique  is  to  be  found  in  the  representation  of  trees  incised 
on  a  thin-shelled  bronze  ewer  (1,  il.  p.  11),  reputedly  from  Ch’ang  Sha  in  South 


1 

China.  The  striated  and  rather  naturalistic  technique  has  affinities  with  some 
slightly  later  stone  reliefs  from  West  China  (Szechuan).50  While  the  delicately 
but  simply  incised  lines  on  the  ewer  differentiate  four  tree  types  and,  perhaps, 
grasses,  these  elements  are  distinguished  by  symbolic  over-simplifications  which 
clearly  reveal  a  lack  of  interest  in  landscape  as  such,  other  than  as  a  magical  set¬ 
ting  for  figures  performing  magical  rites. 

While  the  pictorial  means  for  landscape  representation  at  this  time  were 
comparatively  meager,  the  literary  means  were  much  more  varied  and  complex, 


11 


and  we  find  numerous  poems  in  the  Book  of  Odes  and  other  sources  which  re¬ 
veal  the  beginnings  of  a  sensitive  awareness  of  nature,  but  again  as  a  setting, 
either  for  moral  or  narrative  purposes  or,  as  in  the  bronze  ewer,  for  magical 
evocation. 

Grandly  lofty  are  the  mountains,  with  their  large  masses  reaching  to  the 
heavens-  From  those  mountains  was  sent  down  a  spirit,  who  produced  the 
birth  of  Fu  and  Shan*# 

The  succeeding  Han  Dynasty  (206  B.d-A.D.  220)  was  a  time  of  great 
development  in  figure  and  space  representation  with  landscape  remaining  in 
a  secondary  position  as  a  setting  for  the  dominant  figures*  By  this  time  two  addi¬ 
tional  modes  of  landscape  portrayal  may  be  distinguished.67  Again  these  are  in 
media  other  than  painting  though  the  evidence  is  clear  that  the  gap  is  due  to 
the  destruction  of  painted  material*  Stamped  pottery  tomb  tiles,  common 
enough  as  to  material,  sometimes  use  a  mountain  pattern  as  a  base  line  for 
scenes  of  the  chase  or  for  magical  bird-men,  the  spirits  of  the  mountain  and 
untamed  nature*  One  unusual  tile  (2,  detail  on  title  page)  presents  the  two 
mountain  styles  together  on  three  friezes,  one  above  the  other.  The  uppermost, 
with  the  bird-man  of  Chinese  origin,  uses  the  continuous  wave  mountain  range. 


#  From  the  Ode  “Sung  Kao/*  tr.  by  Legge  in  M,  Muller,  Sacred  Books  of  the  East ,  V.  3,  p.  423* 

12 


a  foreign  import  which  can  be  traced  to  the  Near  East*  The  middle  and  lower 
friezes  have  figures  of  foreign  origin,  the  hunt  and  chase  motif  imported  from 
the  Near  East  by  way  of  the  Steppes,60  but  the  landscape  base  line  is  of  native 
inspiration*  It  consists  of  linear  and  rhythmically  undulating  mountain  sym¬ 
bols  of  a  cloud-like  nature*  This  form  can  be  found  as  early  as  Late  Chou, 
being  used  for  clouds,  mountains,  or  even  as  linear  decoration  out  of  which 
landscape  elements  sprout,  a  fine  example  of  a  decorative  form  preceding  and 
giving  origin  to  a  natural  one*  Other  stamped  tiles  (3,  ik  p*  12)  from  West 
China  show  a  surprisingly  real  and  spacious  setting  for  a  hunting  scene  based 
on  observation  and  possibly  evolving  from  such  earlier  representations  as  the 
bronze  basin* 

The  specifically  Chinese  linear  and  rhythmical  landscape  setting  is  further 
developed  in  the  later  Han  Dynasty  and  is  found  on  many  stamped  or  molded 
and  glazed  pottery  vessels  (4,  il.  p.  12)*  By  this  time  cliffs,  mountains,  rocks, 


13 


and  trees  are  clearly  differentiated  but  without  a  sense  of  relative  scale  and 
without  loss  of  the  playful  movement  of  the  line.  These,  too,  are  settings  for  ani¬ 
mals  and  figures  of  magic  import. 

A  pathetically  few  paintings  remain  from  the  late  Han  or  early  Six 
Dynasties  period  (third-fourth  century).22  They  are  found  on  bronze  mirrors, 
inside  the  lids  of  bronze  boxes,  or  on  lacquer  bowls  or  boxes,  and  on  white  slip- 
coated  tomb  tiles.  Of  the  few,  even  fewer  show  landscape  elements  and  the  ex¬ 
ample  in  the  exhibition  (5,  il.  p.  13)  is  unique  in  its  keenness  of  observation  and 
its  obviously  experienced  use  of  the  brush  as  a  descriptive  rather  than  a  decora¬ 
tive  tool.  Still  the  tree  indicates  a  setting  only.  It  is  a  prop  saying  “the  scene 
is  out-of-doors.”  Space  is  indicated  not  by  landscape  but  by  the  figures,  some  in 
three-quarters  view  and  one  kneeling,  placed  above  and  hence  beyond  the  ad¬ 
jacent  standing  man.  In  contrast  to  this  very  direct  and  simple  setting  is  the 
complex  and  exuberant  landscape  developed  from  the  linear-rhythmical  style 
(6,  il.  p.  14)  by  about  the  fourth  century.  The  incised  bronze  surface  seems  alive, 
not  only  because  of  the  animal-chase  frieze  in  front  but  also  through  the  land- 


6  '  derail ! 


14 


scape  backdrop  with  its  differentiated  banana  and  ginko  trees,  overlapping 
angular  rocks,  overlapping  rounded  mountains,  and  rippling  water.  Still  there 
is  no  real  space,  even  in  a  limited  cell- like  sense,  for  the  swaddled  figure  to  the 
right  of  the  pond  is  simply  another  flat  shape  superimposed  on  the  flat  land¬ 
scape  behind. 

The  succeeding  few  centuries  have  left  us  few  major  painted  land¬ 
scape  monuments.  From  the  late  fourth  or  early  fifth  century  we  have  the  scroll 
by  Ku  Kfai-chih,  in  the  British  Museum,  which  contains  a  sophisticated  rend¬ 
ering  of  an  incidental  and  archaic  landscape.®0  The  numerous  fifth-  and  sixth- 
century  Buddhist  frescoes  in  northwest  China  at  Tun  Huang77-  40, 41  establish 
space  control  in  a  landscape  as  a  setting  for  primarily  narrative  purposes.  These 
space  cells  were  the  means  of  enclosing  figures;  and  the  recession  of  successive 
mountain  or  rock  ranges  was  developed  as  a  setting  for  more  expansive  story¬ 
telling  or  more  violent  scenes  of  action.60  The  somewhat  later  painted  banners 
from  Tun  Huang  show  the  landscape  methods  on  a  smaller  scale  (8  &  9,  9  il.  p. 
16).  The  border  fragment  suggests  space  and  setting  by  raising  the  ground 


Anonymous 


16 


plane  and  by  marking  it  off  with  bands  of  hummocks  and  grasses.  The  votive 
picture  sets  forth,  within  the  linear-rhythmical  format,  more  solid  individual 
elements,  ledges,  trees,  and  cliffs.  But  it  is  retrogressive  in  its  curiously  naive 
use  of  an  almost  perfectly  symmetrical  landscape  arrangement,  as  if  nature  her¬ 
self  were  made  up  of  religious  implements  which  could  be  arranged  to  conform 
with  the  iconic  rectitude  of  the  deity  and  donors. 

Clearly  the  creation  of  a  pure  landscape  art  was  beyond  or  beneath 
the  interests  of  anthropomorphic  Buddhism,  and  charming  or  interesting  as  all 
the  “landscapes”  from  Tun  Huang  may  be,  they  are  essentially  an  echo  of  an¬ 
other  more  sophisticated  and  more  serious  interest  in  nature.  This  interest  we 
can  know  only  second-hand  from  a  few  Japanese  incidental  landscapes  of  the 
eighth  century,  but  principally  from  literary  materials  of  the  period.  These 
are  largely  works  of  poetry,  philosophy,  and  art  criticism  and  they  reflect  the 
Taoist-influenced  concern  with  the  meaning  of  the  Universe  especially  in  the 
manifestations  of  nature  as  a  mysterious  or  magical  power.  Thus  Tao-yun  (ca. 
400)  writes: 

High  rises  the  Eastern  Peak 
Soaring  up  to  the  blue  sky. 

Among  the  rocks — an  empty  hollow 
Secret,  still,  mysterious! 

Uncarved  and  unhewn. 

Screened  by  nature  with  a  roof  of  clouds. 

Times  and  Seasons,  what  things  are  you 
Bringing  to  my  life’s  ceaseless  change? 

I  will  lodge  forever  in  this  hollow 
Where  Springs  and  Autumns  unheeded  pass. 

— tr.  A.  Waley,  More  Translations  from  the  Chinese 

We  find  the  same  concern  with  nature  as  a  mysterious  force  in  the  Introduction 
to  Landscape  Painting  by  Tsung  Ping  (375-443)51  with  the  usual  mixture  of 
such  Taoist  thought  with  the  Confucian  ideal  of  the  sage  who  draws  virtue 
from  nature.  Tsung,  being  a  painter,  is  “led  into  the  Way  by  a  sense  of  form.” 
Still  at  this  time  landscape  is  realized  more  fully  in  verbal  than  in  pictorial 
terms.  We  can  see  this  not  only  in  the  sharp  contrast  between  the  grand  de¬ 
scription  by  Ku  K’ai-chih  of  How  to  Paint  the  Cloud  Terrace  Mountain 51  and 
the  relatively  feeble  pictorial  accomplishment  seen  in  the  mountain  section  of 
his  painting  in  the  British  Museum,  but  also  in  the  History  of  Painting  writ¬ 
ten  by  Chang  Yen-yuan  in  the  ninth  century.  He  disparages  the  landscape  paint¬ 
ing  of  previous  times: 

There  are  still  some  famous  pictures  handed  down  from  the  Wei  and  Chin 
Dynasties,  and  I  have  had  occasion  to  see  them.  The  landscapes  are  filled 
with  crowded  peaks,  their  effect  is  like  that  of  filigree  ornaments  or  horn 


17 


combs.  Sometimes  the  water  does  not  seem  to  flow,  sometimes  the  figures 
are  larger  than  the  mountains.  The  views  are  generally  enclosed  by  trees 
and  stones  which  stand  in  a  circle  on  the  ground.  They  look  like  rows 
of  lifted  arms  with  outspread  fingers-56 

This  is  a  good  description  of  the  Tun  Huang  votive  picture  (9,  il.  p,  16).  Final 
evidence  for  the  lack  of  a  real  landscape  art  in  the  Six  Dynasties  period  is  con¬ 
tributed  by  the  famous  first  canon  of  Hsieh  Ho  which  demands  “  ch*  i-yun-sheng- 
tung— animation  through  spirit  consonance”  as  the  first  and  last  requirement  for 
great  painting.  However,  the  requirement  seemingly  does  not  apply  to  land¬ 
scapes  but  to  figures  or  sentient  beings,01  for  Chang's  History  specifically  ex¬ 
cludes  trees  and  stones  from  ch’i  yun .  We  are  still  in  a  pre -landscape  atmos¬ 
phere. 

The  final  preparations  for  a  true  landscape  art  are  achievements  of  the 
T’ang  Dynasty  (618-907).  Two  other  functions  were  added  to  the  magical  and 
supporting  role  of  landscapes,  both  with  motivations  of  a  more  direct  and 
pragmatic  nature  in  accordance  with  one  aspect  of  T  ang  culture.  First,  land¬ 
scape  became  a  means  of  aiding  sophisticated  decoration-  We  know  copies  of 
courtly  palace  scenes  in  park-like  settings,  painted  in  green,  blue,  arid  gold.47 


7  (defai/J 


18 


Then  there  were  large  scale  wall  decorations  now  lost,  but  attested  to  by  the 
retardataire  eleventh-century  tomb  murals  of  the  foreign  Liao  Dynasty  in  Man¬ 
churia,39  as  well  as  by  literary  evidence.  The  specifically  symbolic  use  of  the 
Seasons  or  Directions  was  evidently  continued  in  these  wall  landscapes  as  well 
as  the  secondary  aesthetic  position  for  landscape  painting  implied  by  the  mere 
fact  of  its  use  as  architectural  decoration.  Second,  we  have  a  topographical  and 
descriptive  approach  which  owes  much  of  its  drive  to  the  same  interests  that 
produced  maps  and  gazetteers.  Indeed  the  earliest  “pure”  landscape  painter, 
revered  as  the  traditional  father  of  the  accepted  landscape  tradition,  Wang  Wei 
(698-759),  would  seem  to  have  been  such  a  descriptive  painter  to  judge  by  his 
most  famous  scroll,  now  known  to  us  only  through  painted  or  engraved-on- 
stone  copies  of  a  much  later  date  (7,  il.  p.  18).33  The  organization  is  additive 
and  consists  of  a  series  of  space  cells  enclosing  the  principal  points  of  interest, 
largely  architectural,  on  the  artist-scholar-official’s  estate.  The  ground  plane  is 
tilted  in  an  early  map-like  fashion,  and  each  cell  or  point  of  interest  is  carefully 
labeled.  Nearly  all  of  the  painted  copies  indicate  the  original  to  have  been  in 
the  green  and  blue  decorative  style  associated  with  the  courtly  palace  paintings 


after  Wang  Wei 


19 


20 


Anonymous 


of  the  period  and  which  we  also  find  in  the  Tun  Huang  fragments  (9,  ih  p.  16)* 
Still,  tradition  credits  Wang  with  the  origin  of  monochrome  landscape  painting 
and  other  works,  one  a  possibly  original  or,  at  worst,  near-original  small  winter 
landscape  formerly  in  the  Palace  Collection,55  show  a  more  developed  landscape 
style*  But  in  the  last  analysis  it  is  still  closer  to  what  had  gone  before  than  to 
the  full  style  which  was  soon  to  develop*  Such  an  inference  can  be  supported 
quantitatively  by  statements  of  later  writers  such  as  Wang  Shih-chen  (1526- 
1593)  that  “generally  speaking  the  landscape  painters  before  the  Five  Dynasties 
(907-960)  were  few;”5*1  or  by  the  really  small  number  of  pure  landscape  titles 
to  be  found  in  records  of  collections  up  to  the  eleventh  century;  Even  after  the 
florescence  of  landscape  painting,  in  the  early  twelfth-century  catalog  of  Em¬ 
peror  Hui  Tsung,  religious  subjects  were  placed  ahead  of  landscape* 

The  beautiful  Tribute  Horse  (10,  ih  p-  20)  is  one  of  our  best  documents 
for  summing  up  the  position  of  landscape  painting  at  this  point  in  our  nar¬ 
rative*  A  work  of  the  tenth  or  eleventh  century,  it  is  a  rather  conservative  state¬ 
ment  of  earlier  principles  with  an  overlay  of  up-to-date  details.  The  richly  col¬ 
ored  horsemen  give  a  sure  hint  as  to  the  courtly-colored  style  of  the  painting*  As 
we  shall  see,  there  are  elements  of  the  Northern  Sung  monumental  landscape 
style  present,  especially  in  the  treatment  of  the  rocks  and  distant  mountains.  In 
these  we  sense  a  new,  endlessly  expanded  world  after  the  cramped  quarters  of 
the  past*  However,  gold  and  what  was  once  considerable  color  is  to  be  found 
throughout  the  landscape  as  well  as  a  rather  careful  descriptive  handling  of 
the  principal  tree.  Meaningfully,  the  tree  is  placed  in  the  immediate  fore¬ 
ground  as  a  space  indicator  for  the  frieze  of  figures,  a  typically  T’ang  or  even 
late  Six  Dynasties  device.  All  of  the  parts  of  t he  picture  are  carefully  separated, 
whether  details  or  the  more  general  sub-divisions  of  composition  on  the  surface 
of  the  silk  or  in  the  suggested  recessions  of  space.  The  Tribute  Horse  may  well 
be  one  of  our  best  portable  keys  to  the  more  conservative  side  of  landscape  wall 
painting;  and  yet  there  are  so  many  fundamentally  new  elements  that  we  must 
now  consider  their  foundation  and  evolution* 


21 


11 


Anonymous 


22 


THE  SUNG  DYNASTY 


With  Buddhist  Temple  in  the  Hills  after  Rain,  (1 1,  il.  p.  22),  probably 
an  eleventh-century  work  close  to  the  style  of  Li  Ch’eng,  landscape  has  become 
the  subject  of  the  painting  and,  as  the  title  implies,  its  raison  d’etre.  The  qual¬ 
ifying  phrase,  “after  rain,”  applies  to  the  natural  prospect.  The  temple  hap¬ 
pens  to  be  there.  If  we  examine  the  picture  objectively,  we  find  a  centralized 
composition  with  a  relatively  equal  emphasis  on  its  various  parts.  The  fore  and 
middle  grounds  are  united,  but  clearly  separated  in  space  from  the  distant 
mountain  masses  whose  bases  are  lightened  so  as  to  silhouette  and  separate 
nearer  details.  The  recessions  in  space  are  accomplished  by  a  careful  and  clear 
series  of  flat  rock  or  mountain  planes  placed  parallel  to  the  picture  plane. 
Representationally,  the  forms  of  nature  are  translated  into  brush-terms  but  not 
yet  at  the  expense  of  the  natural  form.  There  is  a  tremendous  effort  to  grasp 
the  reality  of  nature  within  a  highly  schematic  and  intellectual  format.  The 
result  is  all-embracing  and  monumental,  a  true  macrocosm. 

In  this  post-T’ang  period  of  the  Five  Dynasties  and  the  Northern  Sung 
Dynasty  (960-1 127),  the  speculative  theories  of  nature  attain  an  unmatched 
height,  reconciling  the  rectitude  of  Nature  found  in  the  interrelationships  of 
Heaven,  Earth,  and  Man  as  expressed  in  Li  or  “principle,”  with  the  direct  and 
keen  observation  of  nature  as  it  existed.  Thus,  for  example,  large  trees  must  be 
on  solid  ground  and  “far-away  figures  have  no  eyes.”  This  is  the  technique  of 
landscape  painting  as  expressive  of  the  principles  of  nature.  Nor  are  the  sea¬ 
sonal,  directional,  and  geographical  aspects  ignored.  Added  to  these  is  pure 
enjoyment,  both  with  regard  to  the  object  and  to  its  depiction  as  we  read  in 
the  surviving  words  of  the  great  painters  Ching  Hao  and  Kuo  Hsi  (13,  il.  p. 
26).51  These  various  preconditions  for  the  fulfillment  of  great  landscape  paint¬ 
ing  were  also  due  to  “Buddhism’s  gradual  subsidence  from  its  high  place  as 
the  most  inspiring  influence  in  Chinese  life,  a  process  which  had  begun  in  the 
eighth  and  ninth  centuries.”*  As  Focillon  has  shown,  in  other  countries  and 
other  periods,  once  a  sequence  of  related  forms  begins  to  evolve,  the  archaic 
or  experimental  period  proceeds  with  great  speed.  Such  is  the  case  with  Chi¬ 
nese  landscape  painting  in  the  tenth  and  early  eleventh  centuries. 

The  Buddhist  Temple  in  the  Hills  after  Rain  has  introduced  us  to  the 
results  of  the  experimental  period  as  seen  in  the  hanging  scroll  format.  Later 
hanging  scrolls  of  the  Northern  Sung  period  may  often  display  a  greater  depth 


#  L.  C.  Goodrich,  A  Short  History  of  the  Chinese  People ,  New  York,  1943,  p.  155. 


23 


24 


Attributed  to  Hsu  Tao-nTng 


of  space  and  an  increased  feeling  of  mood,  but  with  an  ensuing  loss  of  monu- 
mentality.  This  loss  is  compensated  for,  and  perhaps  related  to,  the  growth  of 
interest  in  the  handscroll  format.  This  unique  and  almost  musical  format  is 
more  easily  preserved  through  the  vicissitudes  of  war  and  peace,  and,  happily, 
we  are  able  to  study  and  show  an  unprecedentedly  rich  assembly  of  Northern 
Sung  landscape  handscrolls.  (12-16,  il.  pp.  24,  26,  28,  30,  32.) 

Perhaps  the  earliest  of  these,  and  certainly  the  most  monumental  in  scale 
and  symmetrically  balanced  in  composition,  is  the  scroll,  Fishing  in  a  Mountain 
Stream  (12,  il.  p.  24).  The  traditional  attribution  is  to  Hsu  Tao-ning  who 
flourished  in  the  early  eleventh  century  and  was  known  to  his  contemporaries 
as  a  master  of  winter  “moods”  and  in  his  later  years  for  a  “fresh  and  spontan¬ 
eous”  manner.62  Since  the  handscroll  format  for  landscape  was  then  a  rela¬ 
tively  experimental  form,  we  can  expect  and  do  find  a  compromise  between  the 
verticality  implicit  in  the  older  hanging  scroll  or  wall  format  and  the  horizontal 
movement  through  time  appropriate  to  the  handscroll.  The  free  and  loose 


25 


26 


Attributed  to  Kuo 


calligraphic  brushwork  attests  to  the  remarkable  speed  with  which  the  land¬ 
scape  art  had  matured.  The  second  handscroll  (13,  il.  p.  26)  is  attributed  to  Kuo 
Hsi,  one  of  the  greatest  names  in  the  history  of  Chinese  painting,  and  show 
an  increased  complexity  in  the  presentation  of  a  similar  northern  barren  land¬ 
scape  view.  The  organization  of  space  here  does  not  depend  upon  planar  over¬ 
laps  so  much  as  on  staggered  “islands”  in  a  sea  of  flat,  indefinite  space.  There 
may  well  have  been  more  to  the  left  of  the  painting  where  the  near  masses 
of  the  mountains  provide  a  balance  by  contrast  against  the  preceding  open 
distances.  The  natural  forms  have  an  even  stronger  grotesque  character  than 
those  of  Hsu  Tao-ning  and  an  even  freer  and  wetter  handling  of  the  brush. 
Kuo  was  estimated  at  the  head  of  his  generation62  and  evidently  justly  so  for 
his  wry  and  personal  outlook  was  supported  by  a  great  command  of  medium, 
representation,  and  format.  He  was  a  climactic  figure  and  may  well  represent 
the  end  of  a  classic  and  balanced  moment  for  Chinese  landscape  painting  follow¬ 
ing  the  monumental  and  almost  legendary  founders  of  the  tenth  and  early 
eleventh  centuries,  i.e.,  Ching  Hao,  Fan  K’uan,  Chu  Jan,  K’uan  Tung,  Li 
Ch’eng,  and  Hsu  Tao-ning. 

A  virtual  summary  of  accomplishment  previous  to  the  twelfth  century, 
as  well  as  a  statement  of  new  problems  and  insights,  is  to  be  found  in  the 
anonymous  Streams  and  Mountains  without  End  (14,  il.  p.  28).  It  is  a  signifi¬ 
cant  monument,  not  only  for  this,  but  also  because  its  date  in  the  first  quarter 
of  the  twelfth  century  can  be  established  beyond  a  reasonable  doubt  by  consis¬ 
tent  colophons  going  back  to  at  least  1205,  at  which  time  the  painting  wa 
already  considered  old;  by  its  unique  correspondence  with  the  only  archaeo¬ 
logical  evidence  available,  a  fragment  on  silk  from  Khara  Khoto;  and  by  its 
stylistic  conformity  with  paintings  in  the  Palace  Collection  likely  to  be  North¬ 
ern  Sung  in  date.  As  a  summary.  Streams  and  Mountains  without  End  provides 
us,  beginning  with  the  first  mountain  range,  with  an  archaic  encircling  moun¬ 
tain-space-cell  of  T’ang  origins,  a  rolling  and  resonant  distant  mountain  range  in 
the  manner  of  Tung  Yuan,  a  crystalline  and  angular  mountain  range  and  valley 
in  the  style  of  Yen  Wen-kuei,  and  finally  a  powerful  vertical  mountain  state¬ 
ment,  twisting  and  writhing  like  the  mountains  of  Fan  K’uan.  The  opening  and 
closing  flatlands  are  a  new  invention  of  the  early  twelfth  century  and  illustrate 
a  tendency  to  realism  and  further,  a  gentler,  lyrical,  and  more  intimate  ap¬ 
proach  than  heretofore.  The  whole  effect  of  a  small  and  distant  scale  is  also 
more  in  keeping  with  a  realist  attempt  to  reconcile  the  monumental  with  a 
small  format,  the  conceptual  and  the  austere  with  the  visual  and  the  intimate. 
All  of  these  factors,  both  original  and  eclectic,  combine  with  the  excellent 
preservation  to  offer  a  “moistly-rich”  original  document  of  the  transition  from 
Northern  to  Southern  Sung. 


27 


H 


28 


Anonymous 


29 


'«4  # 


<9 


Nt  f  A 

1 1 


I 


Mi 


30 


Chiang  Ts'an 


Mountains  (Shensi) 


16  (detail) 


31 


15 


A  second  and  equally  well-preserved  landscape  of  the  transition  is  Ver¬ 
dant  Mountains  (16,  il.  p.  30)  where  a  single  personality  is  evident  in  the  in¬ 
formal  composition  and  in  the  staccato  and  delicate  touch.  Calligraphic  and 
free  as  this  brush  may  be,  the  structural  and  visual  relationship  of  the  moun¬ 
tain  range  to  its  counterpart  in  nature,  the  mountains  of  Shensi  (il.  p.  31),  is 
reassuring  and  certifies  the  belief  of  the  Chinese  painter  that  art  proceeds 
from  nature  as  well  as  from  art. 

On  a  smaller  and  even  more  intimate  scale,  the  little  album  painting 
from  Boston  (17,  il.  p.  34)  is  another  “in-between.”  It  is  like  Northern  Sung 
in  its  relative  completeness  and  interest  in  far  as  well  as  in  near  detail.  It  is 
like  Southern  Sung  in  its  assymmetry  and  arbitrary  juxtaposition  of  the  large 
units.  The  diagonal  composition  with  the  two  boats  reversing  the  main  direc¬ 
tion  is  as  beautifully  accomplished  as  the  representation— a  late  summery  day 
still  save  for  an  offshore  breeze.  The  existence  of  the  miniature-like  detail  is 
probably  due  to  the  “literal”  style  first  sponsored  by  the  Northern  Sung  Aca¬ 
demy  during  the  reign  of  Emperor  Hui  Tsung  which  ended  in  1127;  but  the 
rather  playful  and  repetitive  rhythms  of  the  brush  strokes  are  more  like  the 
aristocratic  mannerisms  of  such  Southern  Sung  court  painters  as  Ma  Ho-chih. 
The  measure  of  difference  between  the  middle  and  late  Sung  styles  can  be 
determined  by  the  comparison  of  the  Boston  leaf  with  another  similar  composi- 


32 


Mi  Yu-jen 


tion  from  the  Metropolitan  Museum  (21,  il.  p.  39)  which  is  almost  completely 
vaporized. 

Before  turning  to  the  new  and  different  solutions  of  the  Southern 
Sung  painters,  we  must  note  a  personal  and  unusual  mode  of  brush  work  which 
was  the  contribution  of  Mi  Fei,  followed  by  his  son  Mi  Yu-jen  (15,  il.  p.  32). 
While  the  format  of  Cloudy  Mountains,  with  its  firm,  self-contained,  and 
strongly  architectonic  composition,  is  basically  Northern  Sung  and  monumen¬ 
tal,  the  brushwork  is  markedly  different.  The  blunt  strokes  are  massed,  giving 
a  rich  tone  and  a  compact  solidity  to  the  forms  of  the  mountains.  At  the 
same  time  there  are  elements  such  as  the  long  brush  strokes  of  the  shore  at 
the  right  which  are  rather  arbitrary  and  dramatic  and  which  anticipate  the 
extravagantly  bold  brushwork  of  the  spontaneous  style  of  late  Sung.  The  low- 
lying  hills  with  their  gentle  contours  and  enfolding  clouds,  rather  than  sheets, 
of  mist  are  characteristic  of  the  Southern  coastal  regions  and  should  be  con¬ 
trasted  with  the  more  spectacular  inland  mountains  or  the  great  open  spaces 
of  the  North. 

The  southward  flight  of  the  court  after  the  Tartars’  capture  of  the 
Northern  capital  in  1127  marked  the  beginning  of  a  century  and  a  half  of 
academic  and  individualistic  painting  activity  which  developed  a  second  cli¬ 
mactic  answer  to  the  problems  of  landscape  painting.  In  addition  to  the  hang- 


33 


ing  scroll  and  handscroll,  the  album  painting,  square  or  fan  shaped,  was  an 
important  and  significant  ground  for  painting*  The  resulting  implications  of 
m  intimate  and  introspective  result  are  well-founded*  The  typical  styles  of 
Southern  Sung,  despite  sporadic  efforts  to  revive  monumentality,  were  the 
Lyric  and  later  the  Spontaneous.85  The  first  used  sudden  and  arbitrary  jux¬ 
tapositions  of  selected  details  or  motifs  combined  with  misty  washes  and 
highly  calligraphic  brush  work;  while  the  second,  more  conservative,  even  ar- 
chaistic  in  composition,  expanded  and  specialized  the  intuitive  and  spontan- 


34 


18  Li  Sung 

eous  command  of  the  brush  even  to  the  extremes  of  the  “flung-ink”  style. 

A  small,  fan-shaped  painting  by  Li  Sung,  The  Mountains  and  the  Jas¬ 
per  Sea  of  the  Immortals  (18,  il.  p.  35)  indicates  the  preliminary  direction  and 
emphases  of  the  Lyric  style  of  Southern  Sung.  The  fragmented  composition 
is  asymetrical  in  arrangement  with  a  few  accents  of  massed  ink  against  the  tex¬ 
ture  of  the  water.  The  rough  sea  is  bound  by  a  perfectly  controlled  linear- 
rhythmical  movement  and  hence  we  need  have  no  fear  for  the  boat  with  its  occu¬ 
pants,  close  as  it  is  to  the  rocks.  The  album  leaf  is  treated  like  the  emotive 


35 


36 


*  % 


Hsia  Kitei 


37 


fragment  of  a  lyric  poet.  A  simi¬ 
lar  approach  to  a  different  subject 
can  be  found  in  another  leaf.  Re¬ 
turning  Herder  and  Buffalo  (19, 
il.  p.  38).  In  this  case  the  roman¬ 
tic  spirit  is  conveyed  in  part  by 
the  low  horizon  and  the  asym¬ 
metry  of  the  vertical  and  hori¬ 
zontal  arrangements,  but  espe¬ 
cially  by  the  deletion  of  distance 
through  using  the  silk  as  mist, 
thus  involving  the  spectator  with 
the  fragmented  elements  of  the 
foreground:  wind  -  blown  trees, 
rustic  cottages,  man,  and  buffalo. 

One  of  the  few  large-scale  clas¬ 
sic  statements  of  the  Lyric  mode 
is  the  extraordinary  but  incomplete  work  by  Hsia  Kuei  (20,  il.  p.  36),  T welve 
Scenes  from  a  Thatched  Cottage,  of  which  the  last  four  scenes  are  preserved.  (A 


38 


complete  version,  but  a  later  copy,  is  at  Yale  University.86)  It  is  the  '‘type”  solu¬ 
tion  of  the  style  and  period  for  the  most  difficult  format,  the  handscroll.  The 
essence  of  the  achievement  is  dramatic  contrast  whether  in  details  such  as  the 
transitions  or  juxtapositions  of  ink  tones,  contrasts  of  sharp  brush  strokes  with 
soft,  wet  washes,  or  in  larger  matters  such  as  near  and  far  distance,  complex 
units  such  as  trees,  nets,  boats  against  empty  silk-space,  or  a  low,  misty  shore 
beside  a  soaring,  sharp-edged  mountain  range.  Where  the  Northern  Sung 
painters  had  rather  a  uniformly  detailed  vision  of  nature  in  sharp  focus,  the 


21 


Anonymous 

39 


Ma-Hsia  school  chose  to  see  things  sharply  or  dimly,  in  or  out  of  focus,  in  ac¬ 
cordance  with  a  less  rational,  more  emotional  and  dramatic  approach.  Where 
before  the  universal  Li  was  expressed  by  rational  examination  and  construc¬ 
tion,  it  was  now  selected  intuitively  here  and  there,  found  with  a  sudden  sense 
of  awareness.  If  we  compare  this  with  the  Wang  Wei  copy,  while  each  scene 
in  each  scroll  is  labeled,  one  needs  only  to  look  at  the  cramped  topography  of 
the  earlier  scroll  and  the  immediacy  of  vision  in  the  Hsia  Kuei,  to  realize  the 
long  process  that  has  intervened.  The  tie  to  the  actuality  of  nature  is  still  very 


22 


Liang  K'ai 


40 


much  present,  as  we  can  see  in  the  photograph  of  the  solitary  pine  on  T’aishan 
(il.  p.  38),  but  it  is  precisely  that  lighting  and  that  silhouette,  sharply  outlined 
and  divorced  from  its  complete  setting,  that  was  only  a  part  of  the  whole  before 
and  is  now  a  symbol  for  the  whole. 

This  suggestive  art  can  be  seen  in  numerous  examples  in  this  country. 
The  small  fan-shaped  leaf  of  a  stormy  waterway  (21,  il.  p.  39)  is  evidence  of 
the  limits  to  which  delicate  suggestion  can  be  pushed.  Yet  with  all  of  its  per¬ 
sonal  poetry,  if  we  place  this  with  a  comparable  subject  by  the  individualists 
of  the  seventeenth  century  (97,  il.  p.  122),  the  unique  nature  of  each  expression 
is  revealed  and  in  addition,  the  means  of  differentiation  in  time.  The  South¬ 
ern  Sung  leaf  is  a  filtered  storm  “recollected  in  tranquility,”  while  the  other 
takes  one  into  the  teeth  of  the  wind.  The  psychological  sense  of  direct  involve¬ 
ment  in  a  given  picture,  with  little  or  no  feeling  of  recollection  or  remove,  is 
a  sign  of  later  individualism. 

The  final  statement  of  Southern  Sung  landscape  attitudes  is  made  by 
practitioners  of  the  Spontaneous  mode,  such  as  Mu  Ch’i  or  Liang  K’ai  (22, 
il.  p.  40).  Unfortunately  we  cannot  display  a  type  example  with  its  extremely 
bold  “flung-ink”  techniques,  as  drastically  simple  as  a  sword  cut  or  an  explo¬ 
sion.52  The  Winter  Landscape  of  Liang  K’ai  is  an  essay  on  the  transition  from 
the  Lyric  to  the  Spontaneous  manner.  The  twisted  tree  stump,  brushed  in  a 
frenzy  of  movement,  sets  the  space  in  the  picture.  Without  it  the  rest  is  staf- 
fage,  however  delicately  painted.  The  technique  of  the  tree  reveals  an  abrupt 
and  arbitrary  personality  as  well  as  the  final  direction  of  Sung  painting.  Prac¬ 
ticed  largely  by  monks  or  others  under  Ch’an  Buddhist  discipline,  this  last 
Sung  style  is  a  pictorial  parallel  to  the  mystic’s  sudden  enlightenment,  as  well 
as  to  the  individual’s  revolt  against  the  times  of  trouble  that  were  the  last  years 
of  the  Dynasty.  Building  on  the  increasingly  dramatic  brushwork  of  the  Lyric 
painters,  the  Spontaneous  masters  often  returned  to  more  self-contained  and 
even  monumental  compositions— the  wild  touch  was  their  contribution  and 
the  end  of  a  cycle  or  period  in  Chinese  landscape  painting.  The  tradition  was 
carried  on  by  secluded  Chinese  priests  and,  more  significantly,  the  priest- 
painters  of  Japan,  where  the  extremist  nature  of  the  Spontaneous  style  was 
more  readily  acceptable  than  in  the  country  of  Li  and  the  golden  mean. 

Things  are  never  what  they  seem  or  what  we  wish  them  to  be.  It 
would  be  a  serious  error  to  imagine  that  all  of  this  unfolds  in  a  lovely  sequence. 
Many  conservatives  or  eclectics  confute  the  critics  and  produce  remarkable 
works  outside  the  pigeonholes.  Two  of  these  can  reasonably  be  placed  in  this 
period  of  shifting  values:  Late  Sung  or  Early  Yuan,  thirteenth  or  fourteenth 
century.  The  Landscape  with  a  Flight  of  Geese  (23,  il.  p.  42)  is  a  suggestive 


41 


aesthetic  parallel  to  the  drawing  by  Claude  (122,  il.  p.  42),  as  well  as  a  subtle 
example  of  the  wedding  of  the  archaic  colored  decorative  style  with  lyric  frag¬ 
mentation.  The  evident  effort  to  realize  a  larger,  more  total  effect  recommends 
an  early  Yuan  date.  The  general  composition  of  the  Chicago  handscroll  (24, 
not  il.)  also  seems  to  be  an  attempt  at  recapturing  the  complexity  and  com¬ 
pleteness  of  Northern  Sung  style;  but  the  greater  interest  lies  in  the  remark¬ 
ably  individual  hand,  especially  good  in  details,  with  a  light,  nervous,  but  confi¬ 
dent  touch. 


42 


THE  YUAN  DYNASTY 


The  contributions  of  the  landscape  painters  of  the  Yuan  Dynasty  (1279- 
1368),  relatively  little  known  at  first  hand  in  the  Occident,  were  of  the  highest 
importance,  not  only  in  themselves,  but  also  for  the  whole  future  development 
of  the  art*  We  have  seen  the  fulfillment  and  elaboration  of  the  monumental 
style  followed  by  the  baroque  qualities  of  the  Southern  Sung  painters.  If  we 
merely  look  for  succeeding  and  similar  qualities  in  the  painting  of  the  Yuan 
Dynasty,  we  will  have  missed  the  originality  and  real  significance  of  that  short 
ninety-year  period.  What  happened  is  quite  simple.  The  creative  painters  set 
into  motion  a  new  direction,  a  new  cycle*  Their  experimentation,  like  that  of 
the  tenth  century,  was  rapid,  effective,  and  just  as  influential.  The  traditional 
deference  to  the  past,  inherent  in  Chinese  society,  influenced  their  pictures 
as  evidenced  by  the  writings  and  the  colophons  on  them*  But  that  homage,  how¬ 
ever  sincere,  should  not  conceal  their  real,  and  even  revolutionary,  originality* 

All  that  went  before  existed  and  could  not  be  erased.  What  is  interest¬ 
ing  is  what  was  used  and  what  was  ignored.  The  reasons  for  a  choice  were  in 
part  aesthetic,  for  the  major  manifestation  of  traditionalism  was  a  desire  once 
more  for  completeness,  for  landscapes  with  a  rational  Li,  for  the  formats  of 
hanging  and  handscroll  rather  than  the  fragmental  album  painting.  They 
were  also  in  part  political  and  social,  for  non -cooperation  with  this  foreign 
Mongol  government,  for  a  return  to  the  strong  virtues  of  the  men  of  T’ang  and 
Northern  Sung  rather  than  the  supposed  weaknesses  of  the  retreating  men  of 
Southern  Sung  living  on  borrowed  time*  The  highest  ideal  now  was  the  sage- 
scholar-painter,  aloof  from  the  “dusty”  world  of  affairs,  immersed  in  the  more 
wholesome  world  of  nature  with  its  inevitable  principle,  and  expressing  his 
allegiance  to  himself  and  to  his  friends  through  painting.  With  few  exceptions, 
landscape  painting  was  now  omnipresent,  the  only  proper  subject  matter  for 
the  creative  painter*12 

Let  us  first  look  at  the  Yuan  painters  who  connect  with  the  past,  and 
then  at  the  creative  individuals  who  fixed  the  direction  of  the  future,  Ch’ieri 
Hsuan  lived  only  briefly  into  the  Yuan  Dynasty,  refused  its  favors  and  so  be¬ 
came  the  first,  in  point  of  time,  of  the  virtuous  Yuan  masters.  His  Home 
Again  (25,  il*  p-  44)  is  a  most  consistent  example  of  archaism  in  style  and  sub¬ 
ject*  Based  on  a  prose  poem  by  the  fifth-century  T'ao  Yuan-ming,  the  repre¬ 
sentation  embodies  the  new  ideals*  The  scholar-official  returns  from  his  dis¬ 
agreeable  connections  with  the  state  to  his  rustic  home  in  the  country.  The 
blue,  green,  and  gold  style  is  also  archaistic  as  are  the  stiff,  angular  strokes 


43 


h  %  i  *  q 


i  x. 


i**L&'* 

thi\t 

&*  $*5/i  ^ 

1,  ^  **  . 

&JM 

w%±k  i* 

•  fcUit** 

'*  *)&  4  £*i 


$$ 


26 


44 


•in  inn 


ifc 


Ch'ien  Hsuan 


Chao  Meng-fu 


45 


used  to  delineate  rocks  and 
mountains.  Note  well  the 
peculiar  and  exaggerated  per¬ 
spective  of  the  old  earthen 
wall,  tilted  almost  as  if  it  had 
been  painted  in  the  Six 
Dynasties,  or  even  by  Wang 
Wei.  The  figures,  too,  where 
not  damaged  or  retouched, 
seem  deliberately  stiff  and 
archaic.  On  the  other  hand 
the  fluent  handling  of  the 
dead  branches  and  the  care¬ 
fully  realistic  willows  are  very 
much  up-to-date  and  in  the 
accomplished  manner  of  the 
still  life  painter,  which  was  Ch’ien  Hsuan’s  specialty. 

The  most  famous  conservative  was  Chao  Meng-fu,  accepted  by  later 
generations  despite  his  official  cooperation  with  the  Dynasty.  The  Landscape 
with  Twin  Pine  Trees  (26,  il.  p.  44)  is  one  of  the  most  important  remaining 
examples  of  his  landscape  art  and  an  excellent  explanation  of  the  fascination 
he  held  for  the  Chinese:  that  is,  his  truly  calligraphic  brushwork.  For  us  it  is 
a  difficult  picture.  Derived  from  the  Northern  Sung  masters,  Li  Ch’eng  and 
Kuo  Hsi  in  tree  and  mountain  types,  it  represents  a  cleaned-up  and  purified 
version  of  the  style  of  the  earlier  men.  There  is  a  greater  emphasis  on  “run¬ 
ning-brush”  virtuosity.  In  a  very  real  sense,  it  is  a  skeleton  or  outline  of  the 
past.  We  are  forced  to  see  only  the  bones  of  brush  and  landscape.  The  lat¬ 
ter  is  not  the  subject  of  the  picture;  the  brush  is.  At  the  same  time,  there  is 
some  wonderfully  observed  structure  transferred  into  terms  of  wash,  the  rocks 
being  particularly  notable.  If  we  study  the  scroll  with  the  drawing  by  Wolf 
Huber  (118,  il.  p.  46),  Chao’s  specialization  of  interest  seems  less  strange.  The 
compositions  as  well  are  comparable  although  the  Huber  seems  to  us  more 
specific  in  locale. 

Two  lines  of  Chao’s  inscription  are  most  significant  in  the  light  of  Yuan 
attitudes  to  Southern  Sung  painting: 

I  dare  not  claim  that  my  paintings  are  comparable  to  those  of  the  ancients; 

contrasted  with  those  of  recent  times  I  dare  say  they  are  a  bit  different.  . 

The  Yuan  masters  knew  well  their  originality  and  their  indebtedness. 


118 


Wolfgang  Huber 


46 


27 


Chao  Yung 


47 


Chao  Meng-Eu’s  son,  Chao 
Yung,  is  more  conservative 
than  his  father,  less  brilliant 
in  handling  his  brush,  but 
rather  more  solid  in  his  ap¬ 
proach  to  nature’s  shapes.  His 
Landscape  with  Scholar  Fish¬ 
ermen  (27,  il.  p.  47)  is  evi¬ 
dently  systematic  in  brush- 
work,  with  its  carefully  placed 
broad  stubby  strokes.  While 
the  format  and  general  atti¬ 
tude  are  derived  from  Tung 
Yuan  of  Northern  Sung,  the 
sharp  split  in  terms  of  surface 
pattern  is  typically  Yuan,  The 
split  is  only  a  surface  one  for 
the  space  does  suggest,  in 
depth,  the  great  sweep  of  a 
body  of  water.  The  whole 
effect  is  a  pictorial,  not  a  cal¬ 
ligraphic,  one,  and  is  achieved 
largely  by  the  parallelism  be¬ 
tween  the  two  main  trees  as 
foreground  symbols  of  the  dis¬ 
tant  protruding  point  and  ris¬ 
ing  mounLain  range.  This  re¬ 
lationship,  with  the  subtly 
controlled  scale,  tone,  and 
suggested  color,  is  the  message 
of  the  picture,  a  quiet  and 
seemingly  coarse  production  until  we  find  our  way.  This  simplicity  and  rough¬ 
ness  are  surely  deliberate  archaisms  designed  to  deceive  the  “crowd”  in  the 
best  scholar-painter  manner. 

Another  and  lesser,  but  large-scale  example  of  Yuan  conservatism  is  to 
be  found  in  The  Guardians  of  the  Valley  ( 28 ,  iL  p.  48),  The  study  of  ancient 
trees  was  already  in  evidence  in  the  Northern  Sung  period,  judging  from  cop 
ies  or  records  associated  with  Li  Ch’eng,  Kuo  Hsi,  and  others,  and  was  followed 
after  Yuan  in  especially  notable  fashion  (55,  56,  il-  p,  81, 82),  The  Guardians  is 


28 


LI  Shih-hsing 


48 


29 


Wu  Chen 


49 


50 


New  Summer  Palace  Garden  {Hopei} 


typically  more  specialized  than 
earlier  productions.  The  only 
complex  treatment  is  in  the  larch 
trees,  the  rest  of  the  picture  be¬ 
ing  a  simplified  setting  for  the 
main  theme. 

The  Yuan  conservatives  are 
qualitatively  of  great  interest  but 
their  original  contributions  are 
somewhat  incidental  to  the  tradi¬ 
tionalism  of  what  they  conceived 
to  be  Northern  Sung  style.  The 
most  significant  and  creative  con¬ 
tributions  of  the  age  were  made 
by  the  “gentlemen  painters” 
(wen  jen),  especially  the  highly 
revered  “Four  Great  Masters": 
Huang  Kung-wang,  Wu  Chen, 
Wang  Meng,  and  Ni  Tsan.  The 
first  is  not  represented  in  the  ex¬ 
hibition,  if  indeed  anywhere,57 
but  satisfactory  works  of  the  other 
three  are  to  be  seen  and  their 
testament  must  now  be  described 


and  evaluated,  beginning  with 
the  most  conservative,  Wu  Chen. 

Rocks,  Reeds,  Old  Tree,  and  Bamboo  (29,  il.  p.  49}  is  just  barely  a  land¬ 
scape.  Actually  it  falls  equally  well  into  that  special  category  of  Chinese  paint¬ 
ing  described  by  its  title.  But  the  unified  atmosphere  of  the  painting  conveys 
more  than  its  limited  repertory  of  shapes.  The  painter  has  executed  a  deliber¬ 
ately  “homely”  picture,  especially  in  the  rather  dull  (as  a  type)  tree.  But  the 
brush  dominates.  It  is  a  conservative  brush,  not  unlike  that  of  Chao  Yung 
(27,  il.  p.  47),  but  freer,  “untrammeled,"  less  systematic,  and  more  direct.  Note, 
too,  that  Wu  varies  his  tones  drastically,  using  a  typical  Yuan  variation  of  in- 
and-out  tones  in  the  bamboo  and  tree  trunk  (see  also  32,  il.  p.  57).  This  pic¬ 
ture  and  other  reasonably  sure  works  of  Wu  Chen  show  a  closely  knit  com¬ 
bination  of  all  the  Sung  styles  with  perhaps  more  emphasis  on  the  early 
material.  What  is  most  significant  about  the  artist  is  his  insistence  on  “single¬ 
stroke”  brush  work— abrupt,  vigorous,  and  decidedly  masculine.  His  contribu- 


51 


tion  was  the  selection  and  emphasis  of  this  one  point  within  a  more  conservative 
framework  than  that  of  his  two  juniors. 

The  complicated  textures  of  nature  (il.  p.  51)  translated  into  the  equally 
complex  language  of  the  brush  had  occupied  earlier  painters  only  up  to  a  point, 
usually  in  terms  of  details  rather  than  the  all-over  surface  of  the  picture.  The 
new  discovery  and  practice  of  Wang  Meng  was  just  this  textural  variety  and 
complexity.  In  his  Fishing  in  the  Green  Depths  (30,  il.  p.  50)  we  can  immedi¬ 
ately  sense  a  new  and  unusual  personality.  At  the  same  time  we  rediscover  a 
unified  relationship  between  the  distance  in  the  scene  and  the  surface  of  the 
picture  itself.  This  is  accomplished  by  the  textures  made  by  interwoven  brush 
strokes  which  function  both  in  depth,  as  representation,  and  as  strokes  on  the 
surface  of  the  paper.  With  the  realization  of  nature’s  complexity  Wang  also 
found  the  means  to  give  movement  to  landscape,  by  the  undulating  brush 
strokes,  and  by  rolling,  even  writhing  profiles  for  his  rocks,  trees,  and  moun¬ 
tains.  These  textural  and  kinetic  interests  are  accompanied  by  a  coloristic 
quality,  if  such  a  word  can  be  used  in  early  Chinese  painting.  The  limited 
washes  of  red-orange,  blue,  and  green  are  used  in  a  concentrated  way.  The 
composition  of  the  picture  is  rather  formal  and  well-enclosed  within  the  pic¬ 
ture  boundaries.  In  this  Wang  is,  like  his  contemporaries,  indebted  to  the 
Northern  Sung  painters.  His  style  is,  in  the  reliable  works  that  have  survived, 
seldom  delicate  or  refined.  Like  Wu  Chen,  he  displays  in  this  picture  a  rough 
and  ropy  exterior  which  one  must  penetrate  to  find  the  substance  of  his  art. 

It  would  seem  wise  at  this  mid- point  of  our  discussion  of  these  two  in¬ 
novators,  Wang  Meng,  and  next,  Ni  Tsan,  to  point  out  that  all  of  their  generally 
accepted  paintings  are  on  paper.  The  Fishing  in  the  Green  Depths ,  damaged 
as  it  is,  was  clearly  painted  on  a  polished  paper  with  a  hard  surface  capable  of 
taking  a  sharp  brush  stroke.  We  shall  see  that  the  Ni  Tsan  is  on  a  more  ab¬ 
sorbent  paper  allowing  subtle  and  poetic  effects  of  the  brush.  Paper  became,  for 
the  progressive  artists  of  the  Yuan  period,  the  most  desirable  ground  for  the 
brush.  The  reason  is  obvious.  It  is  considerably  more  a  servant  to  the  brush 
than  silk  and  where  the  emphasis  was  now  on  the  brush  stroke,  the  touch  of 
the  painter,  paper  was  the  answer. 

Ni  Tsan  was  probably  the  most  imitated  and  copied  artist  in  his  period, 
if  not  of  any  period.  His  legendary  “purity"  and  “loftiness”  made  him  the 
scholar’s  ideal;  and  the  apparent  simplicity  of  his  painting  made  superficially 
accurate  imitation  rather  common.  With  Wang  Meng,  Ni  influenced  more  later 
scholarly  painting  than  any  other  man.  River  Pavilion  and  Mountain  Scenery 
(31 ,  il.  p.  54)  is  characteristic  of  his  developed  style.  Where  Wang  Meng  tended 
to  cover  the  paper  with  his  network  of  lines,  Ni  Tsan  used  a  great  deal  of 


52 


blank  or  lightly  touched  paper  throughout  the  picture,  but  without  opposing 
dense  areas  to  blank  areas  as  did  the  Ma-Hsia  school  of  Southern  Sung.  The  re¬ 
sult  is  a  delicate,  pure,  even  feminine  visual  impression.  He  is  very  sparse  in 
his  use  of  the  brush  and  usually  tends  to  two  extremes— very  wet  or  very  dry 
ink.  The  dry  textures  build  up  whatever  mass  is  suggested  while  the 
wet  touches  define  boundaries  and  add  liveliness  to  the  areas  concerned. 
Usually  there  are  no  figures— an  empty,  ideal,  cleansed  world  of  nature.  The 
composition  of  this  picture  occurs  often  in  his  work  and  is  quite  in  keeping 
with  his  period,  but  with  Ni  the  minor  variations  are  all  important. 

These  minor  variations  are  not  merely  technical  but  are  primarily  vari¬ 
ations  in  mood.  Often  the  key  to  the  mood  is  the  artist’s  inscription.  Almost 
none  of  his  paintings,  or  indeed  those  by  most  of  the  Yuan  individualists,  is 
lacking  in  a  reasonably  long  inscription  by  the  artist  which  tells  or  hints  at  the 
mood,  raison  d’etre  and/or  circumstances  of  its  creation.  These  painters  are 
not  called  literary  without  reason.  They  took  for  granted  and  used  their  mani¬ 
fold  literary,  calligraphic,  and  pictorial  accomplishments  almost  interchange¬ 
ably.  Further,  the  mood  which  the  picture  aroused  in  notable  individuals, 
priestly  or  secular,  was  important  and  hence  their  inscriptions  added  to  those 
of  the  artist  (31,  34,  36,  il.  p.  54,  58,  60).  The  delicate,  almost  prim  character  of 
Ni  Tsan’s  calligraphy  is  as  much  a  part  of  the  painting  as  is  the  meaning  of  his 
inscription. 

It  is  the  second  month  and  the  sound  of  rain  follows  from  the  first; 

The  boat-oars  of  Three  Rivers  turn  toward  Suchou. 

The  sadness  of  the  spring  does  not  awake  and  is  as  deep  in  wine; 

Waves  show  forth  the  madness  of  the  wind  which  shakes  my  window. 

— tr.  by  R.  Edwards 

The  most  interesting  characterization  of  the  art  of  Ni  Tsan  is  given  by 
another  great  individualist  of  a  later  date,  Shih-t’ao  (94-97): 

The  paintings  by  Master  Ni  are  like  waves  on  the  sandy  beach,  or  streams 
between  the  stones  which  roll  and  flow  and  issue  by  their  own  force.  Their 
air  of  supreme  refinement  and  purity  is  so  cold  that  it  overawes  men. 

Painters  of  later  times  have  imitated  only  the  dry  and  desolate  or  the 
thinnest  parts,  and  consequently  their  copies  have  no  far-reaching  spirit.58 

Since  the  style  of  Ni  Tsan  is  so  important  in  later  painting,  we  have  placed 
together  with  the  River  Pavilion,  two  works  in  the  manner  of  Ni  Tsan  by  early 
Ming  painters  of  the  first  rank,  Liu  Chueh  (40,  il-  p-  55)  and  Shen  Chou  (52, 
il.  p.  55).  In  so  doing,  we  hope  that  the  idea  of  “copying”  is  dispelled.  Within 
the  set  limits  one  can  visually  differentiate  the  individual  variations  on  the 
given  theme:  first,  the  suggestive  and  cloaked  style  of  Ni  Tsan;  second,  the 
more  brittle  and  dramatic  composition  by  Liu  Chueh;  and  third,  the  rougher, 


53 


31  Ni  Tsan 


54 


55 


32 


Ts’ao  Chih-po 


56 


bolder,  playful,  and  at  the  same  time  more  solid  style  of  Shen  Chou.  The  re¬ 
lationship  is  not  so  much  that  of  a  musical  composition  played  by  two  virtuosi 
as  it  is  a  variation  on  an  earlier  composer’s  theme  by  two  creative  composers 
of  a  later  day.18  One  thinks  of  Brahms’  Variations  on  a  Theme  of  Haydn,  or 
the  less  acknowledged  “borrowing”  by  almost  any  creative  musician. 

Ni  Tsan  and  Wang  Meng  were  not  alone.  Others  explored  similar 
ground  and  priority  of  discovery  is  not  too  clear  from  Chinese  histories,  though 
precedence  is  always  assumed  to  be  with  these  two.  Thus  Ts’ao  Chih-po  has 
much  in  common  with  Ni  Tsan.  While  Ts’ao  died  well  before  Ni,  he  is  always 
described  as  influenced  by  the  latter,  when  the  opposite  might  well  be  indi¬ 
cated.  Both  artists  share  an  interest  in  wet  and  dry  textures,  spare  composi¬ 
tion,  and  a  lack  of  interest  in  figures.  While  looking  at  A  Pavilion  near  Old  Pines 
(32,  il.  p.  56),  one  should  always  remember  it  is  an  album  page  and  meant 
to  be  seen  at  close  range.  Then  the  tremendous  changes  in  scale,  the  in-and- 
out  treatment  of  the  upper  pine  branches,  the  lovely,  free  brushwork  of  the 
left  hand  tree  and  the  rich  “soot- varnish”  ink,  are  at  their  most  effective.  Like 
the  Chao  Meng-fu  (26,  il.  p.  44)  and  the  Li  Shih-hsing  (28,  il.  p.  48),  this  old 
tree  type  of  composition  goes  back  to  such  Northern  Sung  masters  as  Li 
Ch’eng. 

But  more  often  we  find  late  Yuan  pictures  by  masters  essaying  the  com¬ 
plex  textural  problems  that  fascinated  Wang  Meng.  The  first  of  these  pictures, 
Saying  Farewell  to  a  Guest  at  Ch’ing  Ch’uan  (33,  il.  p.  58),  is  by  Chao  Yuan, 
one  of  those  worthies  who  gained  posthumous  fame  by  their  death  at  the 
hands  of  the  powerful  Hung  Wu,  first  emperor  of  the  Ming  Dynasty.  The 
scroll  has  an  obvious  textural  relationship  to  Wang  Meng,  except  that  Chao 
uses  smaller  strokes,  even  points  of  ink.  The  two  most  evident  dissimilarities, 
and  very  original,  too,  are:  the  forcing  of  ink  tone  at  the  edges  of  large  forms 
so  that  a  rather  dramatic  contrast  appears,  with  resulting  clear  separations  in¬ 
stead  of  the  unified  surface  characteristic  of  Wang  Meng;  and  the  deliberately 
ghostly  quality  of  the  figures,  impalpable  before  the  powerful  background.  The 
splendid  preservation  of  the  picture  is  extraordinary  and  permits  us  to  savor 
the  ink  tones  and  touch  to  a  higher  degree  than  is  usual  in  originals  of  the 
period.  We  can  find  here  the  careful  “glazes”  of  ink  that  contribute  to  the  rich¬ 
ness  of  the  whole. 

Another  fourteenth-century  textural  style  is  to  be  found  in  the  little 
handscroll  by  the  almost  unknown  Yao  T’ing-mei  (34,  il.  p.  59).  It  presents  a 
consistent  and  somewhat  unusual  manner  of  building  up  tones  by  scumbles  of 
ink  finished  with  dark,  wet  accents,  but  always  following  an  irregular,  twisting 
line  whether  in  rocks,  trees,  or  mountains.  The  composition  is  equally  original 


57 


33 


Chao  Yuan  36 


Hsu  Pen 


58 


59 


with  its  irregularly  shaped  space  holes  through  which  we  move  away  from 
near  areas  of  heavy  texture.  The  result  of  these  devices  is  a  surface  feeling  of 
quiet  gravity  with  a  certain  turbulence  beneath.  Two  other  details  attest  a 
master  deserving  of  some  fame;  the  “fade-out”  of  the  landscape  into  the  in¬ 
scription  and  the  delicate,  precise  brush  strokes  in  the  foreground  grasses. 

The  last  Yuan  painting  to  be  discussed  (36,  il.  p.  58)  is  by  Hsu  Pen, 
another  of  those  unfortunates  whose  death  was  arranged  by  the  Hung  Wu  em¬ 
peror.  The  painting  provides  a  fitting  end  to  our  view  of  this  all  important 
period  for  it  is  both  a  creative  and  an  eclectic  picture  and  so  gives  us  that 
neat  and  tidy  summary  so  much  to  be  desired.  The  artist  owes  much  to  the 
way  of  Ni  Tsan  for  his  delicate  tree  forms  and  dry  textures,  and  to  Wang 
Meng  for  his  complex  and  rolling  vision  of  nature.  This  marriage  of  two  seem¬ 
ing  incompatibles  is  an  accomplishment  in  itself  but  when  a  truly  monumental 
composition  within  a  small  format  is  added  the  result  is  completely  satisfac¬ 
tory.  One  should  note  as  well  the  additional  element  of  the  fantastic,  for  the 
twisting  metamorphic  shapes  are  quite  unusual.  They  may  be  found  occasion¬ 
ally  in  Wang  Meng,  only  once  in  Ni  Tsan,  and  that  because  of  a  specific  sub¬ 
ject,  the  Lion  Grove  near  Suchou,19  where  there  were  carefully  selected  rocks 
that  looked  like  animals.  Much  later,  Wu  Li  (91,  il.  p.  113)  was  to  dwell  in  this 
realm  of  the  grotesque.  Hsu’s  landscape  is  well  provided  with  literary  inscrip¬ 
tions  and  that,  too,  is  typically  Yuan.  His  Streams  and  Mountains  is  a  true 
accomplishment  in  a  single  work  as  complete  and  final  as  the  total  accomplish¬ 
ment  of  the  Yuan  painters  on  a  larger  scale.  Another  period  of  ever  quicken¬ 
ing  experimentation  in  the  continuing  life  of  Chinese  landscape  painting  was 
drawing  to  a  close. 


THE  MING  DYNASTY 

Curiously  enough,  the  return  of  a  native  Chinese  dynasty  to  power  in 
1368  did  not  cause  a  mass  return  to  the  Academy  or  the  Court  on  the  part  of 
the  literary  painters.  Perhaps  the  fatal  experiences  of  Hsu  Pen,  Chao  Yuan, 
and  others  with  the  first  Ming  Emperor  helped  to  maintain  the  disinclination 
for  official  posts.  But  fundamentally  the  garment  of  remote  and  solitary  isola¬ 
tion  “above  the  crowd”  fitted  the  progressive  painters  so  well  that  the  idea  of 
a  return  to  the  restrictions  of  Imperial  or  official  patronage  was  never  seriously 
entertained.  Like  late  nineteenth-century  “Bohemia,”  the  scholar's  retreat, 
literal  or  figurative,  had  become  the  accepted  climate  for  artistic  creation.  This 
climate  was  radically  different  from  the  recreated  official  Academy  and  its 


60 


38  (detail)  Chin  Wen-chin 


adoption  of  a  very  conservative  pre-scholarly  style  of  painting  best  exemplified 
by  such  masters  as  Pien  Ching-chao,  whose  small  and  competent  album  painting 
(37)  could  be  taken  as  Southern  Sung  or  at  least  conservative  Yuan  were  it 
not  for  his  signature. 

The  real  history  of  landscape  painting  in  the  Ming  Dynasty  is  to  be 
found  outside  the  painters  of  the  official  Academy  and  this  history  can  be  or¬ 
ganized  without  undue  distortion  into:  (1)  a  short  period  of  about  fifty  years 
continuation  of  the  Yuan  literary  style,  (2)  a  simultaneous  flourishing  of  a 
more  conservative  non-literary  style,  (3)  a  brief  classical  moment  of  controlled 
emotion  and  rationality  in  the  art  of  Shen  Chou,  (4)  the  elaboration  of  the 
literary  tradition,  and  finally  (5)  the  new  impetus  provided  by  the  experi¬ 
ments  of  Tung  Ch’i-ch’ang  and  the  later  individualists  of  the  seventeenth  cen¬ 
tury. 

The  Dynasty  begins  as  a  brief  continuation  of  Yuan  Dynasty  styles  and 
interests  in  the  works  of  such  men  as  Wang  Fu  and  Yao  Shou.  Two  bamboo- 
landscape  handscrolls,  one  by  a  pupil  of  Wang  Fu,  illustrate  this  continuity 
and  the  beginnings  of  change.  Bamboo  painting,  beyond  our  scope  here,  was 
a  particular  favorite  of  the  scholar-painter,  for  it  was  a  specialized  form,  a  final 
test  of  brushwork.  But  these  paintings  combine  that  specialized  interest  with  a 
true  landscape  vision.  The  scroll  by  Chin  Wen-chin  (38,  il.  p.  61)  does  not  de¬ 
rive  from  the  near  view  implicit  in  bamboo  painting,  but  from  a  relatively  dis¬ 
tant,  objective,  and  contained  viewpoint  like  that  of  the  Yuan  artists  and  before 
them  the  masters  of  Northern  Sung.  However,  the  delicate  and  poetic  quality 
of  Ten  Thousand  Bamboos  speaks  with  the  voice  of  the  fourteenth  and  early 
fifteenth  century. 


61 


62 


39  fdefaiH  Hsia  Ch’ang 


39  (detail) 


The  second  bamboo  landscape,  Serene  Banks  of  the  Hsiang  River  (39, 
il.  p.  62),  is  markedly  different.  The  composition  is  daring  and  very  much  not 
Yuan  in  effect.  If  a  precedent  must  be  cited  it  is  to  be  found  in  the  truncated 
and  arbitrary  compositions  of  Southern  Sung.  But  Hsia  Ch’ang  goes  beyond 
those  earlier  concepts.  The  origin  of  his  dramatic  composition  is  in  the  eye. 
There  is  a  visual  unity  in  the  picture  as  if  one  saw  a  narrow,  panoramic  strip 
of  landscape  through  a  slitted  aperture.  Further,  the  wet,  glazed  washes  of  the 
rocks  and  distant  shore  act  as  a  slightly  blurred,  out-of-focus  foil  to  the  sharply 
rendered  grasses,  bamboo,  tree,  and  rocks  in  the  foreground  areas.  The  view¬ 
point,  too,  is  striking,  “a  frog’s-eye  view”  of  the  river  bank.  The  fully  realized 
daring  of  this  scroll  marks  Hsia  Ch’ang  as  one  of  the  first  Ming  masters  of  an 
original  stamp. 

The  conservative  side  of  the  fifteenth  and  early  sixteenth  centuries  is 
presented  by  the  Che  (from  the  old  name  of  the  Chekiang  region)  School  and 
its  associates.  It  is  usually  maligned  by  the  scholar-painters  of  the  more  pro¬ 
gressive  school  deriving  from  the  greatest  fifteenth-century  master,  Shen 
Chou.  But  the  relegation  of  the  Che  School  to  a  subordinate  position  in  an 


41  (detail) 


evolutionary  sense  need  not  obscure  its  very  solid  and  aesthetically  interesting 
achievement  based  largely  on  the  Ma  Yuan-Hsia  Kuei  style  of  Southern  Sung. 
The  most  representative  Che  painter  is  Tai  Chin  and  his  long  scroll,  Ten 
Thousand  Li  of  the  Yangtze  (41,  il.  p.  64),  shows  his  style  at  its  most  conserva¬ 
tive.  The  dominant  influence  is  that  of  the  most  famous  Southern  Sung  painter 
of  that  subject:  Hsia  Kuei.  The  crystalline  rocks  and  the  sharp,  acutely  angled 
manner  of  the  brush  are  his  as  are  the  contrasting  juxtapositions  of  landscape 
detail.  Still,  with  all  of  its  traditionalism,  if  we  examine  the  scroll  carefully,  many 
parts  are  not  unlike  the  work  of  Shen  Chou  (53,  il-  p.  78),  and  we  are  not 
far  wrong  if  we  say  that  the  prince  of  literary  painters  owed  much  to  such 
men  as  Tai  Chin. 

The  hanging  scroll  (42,  il.  p.  66)  by  Tu  Chin  is  equally  under  the  in¬ 
fluence  of  Southern  Sung,  but  with  an  easy  technique  and  composition  that 
should  place  Tu  with  Tai  Chin  as  one  of  the  greatest  men  of  the  conservative 


64 


Tat  Chin 

group.  The  tree,  violating  the  picture  boundary,  and  the  gaze  of  the  sage  be¬ 
yond  that  frame,  are  typically  derived  from  Southern  Sung,  but  the  rapid 
brushwork,  with  warm  and  cool  tinted  inks,  is  the  virtuoso  trademark  of  the 
Che  painter.  Perhaps  the  most  extreme  example  of  such  virtuosity  is  seen  in 
the  Snowscape  by  Shih  Chung  (43,  il.  p-  67)  where  the  wild  abandon  of  the 
artist  is  expressed  not  only  in  the  brushwork  but  also  in  his  self-apellation,  “The 
Fool.”72  Many  such  works  were  executed  while  the  artist  was  under  the  in¬ 
fluence  of  wine,  a  not  uncommon  state  for  Shih  Chung.  Inspiration  is  inspira¬ 
tion,  however  obtained,  and  the  line  between  the  fool  and  the  wise  man  or  the 
drunk  and  the  inspired  may  often  be  thin  indeed.  We  recall  the  almost  ritual 
drinking  of  the  Seven  Poets  of  the  Bamboo  Grove  in  the  T’ang  Dynasty. 

This  extremely  bold  and  abbreviated  style,  rough  in  Shih  Chung,  tran¬ 
quil  and  reserved  in  the  scroll  by  Kuo  Hsu  (44,  il.  p.  68),  is  easily  compara¬ 
ble  to  that  of  some  Western  masters  such  as  Rembrandt  (120,  il.  p.  68).  The 


65 


66 


67 


single  stroke  and  the  skillful 
use  of  wash  and  blank  paper 
is  common  to  both,  with  the 
reed  pen  of  the  Dutch  master 
providing  the  variety  of  line 
widths  which  the  Chinese  ac¬ 
complished  with  the  brush. 

In  contrast  to  this  facet  of 
the  conservative  tradition  we 
find  numerous  works  in  an 
almost  miniature  technique,  richly  detailed  and  with  a  close  fidelity  to  the 
traditional  conventions  of  natural  representation.  The  two  most  famous  names 
in  this  connection  are  Chou  Ch’en  and  his  pupil  Ch’iu  Ying.  The  little  album 
painting  (45,  il.  p.  69)  attributed  to  the  former,  but  for  the  tiny  figures  of  com¬ 
mon  people,  could  well  be  by  either.  Where  the  Che  School  went  to  the 
Ma-Hsia  group  for  their  Southern  Sung  inspiration,  Chou  Ch’en  and  some¬ 
times  Ch’iu  Ying  were  influenced  by  such  early  Southern  Sung  painters  as  Li 
T’ang  or  others  (17,  il.  p.  54),  who  tried  to  maintain  something  of  the  earlier 
monumentality.  Pines  and  Towering  Mountains  shows  this  conservative  manner 
well  but  the  angular,  linear  touch,  the  rhythmically  repeated  trees  with  their 
feathery  foliage  and  the  minuscule  detail  are  all  characteristic  of  the  second 
Ming  conservative  style.  This  detailed  style  was  also  used  by  Ch’iu  Ying  for 
archaistic,  richly  colored  pictures  in  the  T’ang  decorative  mode.10 

The  second  follower  of  Chou  Ch’en  was  T’ang  Yin,  and  with  this  master 
we  come  to  the  most  important  link  between  the  conservatives  and  the  literary 
school.05  He  can  be  placed  in  either,  stylistically  or  socially,  but  the  finest  pic¬ 
tures  available  in  the  West  illustrate  his  more  conservative  style.  The  two 


S 


'  A  ■ 

-iris- v'- 


ir 


120 


Rembrandt 


******* 


44 


68 


hanging  scrolls  can  be  con¬ 
sidered  together  although  the 
composition  of  Strange  Peaks 
(46,  il.  p*  70),  is  a  massive 
central  mountain  composi¬ 
tion  where  space  is  de -empha¬ 
sized  and  forms  are  more 
rounded  and  placid,  while 
Scholar  in  a  Summer  Land * 
scape  (47,  il*  p.  70)  is  an  off- 
center  Li  T’ang  type  with  di¬ 
agonal  thrusts  and  recessions 
and  more  angular,  tenser 
shapes.  The  touch  and  meth¬ 
ods  in  both  scrolls  are  the 
same.  The  oyster-like  incrus¬ 
tations  that  form  rocks  and 
mountains  are  built  up  by 
parallel  but  irregularly  di¬ 
rected  strokes  of  heavy  ink. 

It  is  a  manner  as  massive  in 
detail  as  the  pictures  are  as  a  whole.  This  massive  quality  is  enhanced  by  a 
particular  handling  of  the  lighter  materials,  especially  foliage  and  mist.  The 
leaves  are  loosely  and  irregularly  handled,  while  the  bands  of  mist  are  arranged 
in  thin  planes  at  almost  right  angles  to  the  picture  plane.  These  feathery 
motifs  and  thin,  flat  sheets  serve  to  emphasize  the  mass  and  weight  of  the  major 
landscape  elements.  One  should  note  also  the  narrow,  jumping  ribbons  of 


Kuo  Hsu 


69 


70 


47  (detail) 


71 


water  and  the  angular  grasping  exposed  tree  roots.  T’ang  Yin’s  skill  as  a  figure 
painter  is  suggested  by  the  scholar  with  staff  in  the  second  picture. 

A  curious  handscroll  (48,  il.  p-  72)  is  closely  related  to  these  larger  pic¬ 
tures  although  the  smaller  format  allows  a  slightly  tighter  organization  and 
technique.  The  major  technical  difference  lies  in  the  use  of  a  pale  ink  wash 
over  all  the  paper  in  any  landscape  area.  The  satin  ground  of  the  hanging 
scrolls  hardly  permits  such  a  method  and  the  result  on  the  paper  ground  is 
strangely  Western.  The  whole  impact  of  this  handscroll  is  expressive  of  the  at¬ 
tached  colophon,  signed  T’ang  Yin,  which  recalls  a  Han  legend  of  immortality 
and  resurrection  from  the  dead.  The  ethereal  figure,  pale  and  ghostly,  sits 
amidst  a  real  but  strange  environment,  barren  and  eroded,  a  lunar  landscape  in 
monochrome.  Although  there  is  also  a  free  and  delicate  style  associated  with 
his  name,  making  him  acceptable  to  the  scholar  critics,  T’ang  Yin  stands 
slightly  apart  from  both  camps.  He  is  almost  the  last  voice  of  the  monumental 
style  and  by  no  means  the  smallest. 


72 


THE  WU  SCHOOL 


The  Wu  School,  named  after  a  part  of  the  southern  garden  city  of 
Suchou,  is  the  great  scholar-painter  school  of  the  Ming  Dynasty  and  from  a  de¬ 
velopmental  viewpoint  represents  the  main  limb  of  landscape  painting  in  this 
period.  From  it  and  its  later  off-shoot,  the  Sung-chiang  School,  stem  almost 
all  of  the  later  creative  developments  in  Chinese  painting.  The  school  begins 
with  Shen  Chou.  He  is  its  classic  expression  and  his  followers  are  the  elabora- 
tors  and  refiners  of  his  contributions.  Shen’s  art  is  well-represented  here  and  we 
can  begin  by  an  examination  of  a  key  work  in  establishing  his  artistic  per¬ 
sonality,  the  album  in  the  Boston  museum  (49,  il.  p.  74).T3 

The  use  of  a  landscape  as  a  sequence,  like  a  handscroll  but  retaining 
the  artist’s  control  of  the  “frames”  of  the  “moving  picture,”  while  it  may  have 
begun  earlier,  would  seem  to  have  been  fully  exploited  first  in  the  fifteenth 
century  and  especially  by  Shen  Chou.  The  sequential  album  satisfied  the  more 
consciously  aesthetic  and  specialized  demands  of  the  scholarly  style  and  could 
now  compete  on  equal  terms  with  the  scroll  forms.  Further,  the  album  is  after 
all  a  book  and  hence  a  more  accustomed  format  for  scholar-artists  steeped  in  a 
literary  tradition.  The  Boston  album  of  eight  double  leaves  is  a  perfect  union 
of  poetry,  calligraphy,  and  painting,  and  so  conforms  to  the  highest  ideals  of 
the  Wu  School,  While  the  pictures  may  be  in  different  “manners,”  they  are  all 
unified  in  touch  with  an  emphasis  on  the  single  stroke,  broad,  strong,  and  in¬ 
cisive,  a  style  that  confirms  Shen’s  traditional  dependence  on  the  Yuan  painter, 
Wu  Chen.  So  that  even  when  he  paints  in  homage  to  Ni  Tsan  (leaf  No.  4,  or 
52,  il.  P.  55),  his  brusque  and  positive  manner  constructs  a  more  solid,  if  less 
poetic  world  than  that  of  “old  Ni."  Shen  Chou  can  be  complex  or  simple,  his 
unity  is  given  by  the  brush.  The  colophon  written  in  1604  by  Wang  Chih- 
t’eng  on  the  Boston  album  praises  the  artist  with  the  traditional  but  well- 
justified  cliche:  “absorbed  in  play,  unfettered  by  rules.” 

This  is  not  to  say  that  his  paintings  are  unresponsive  to  careful  exami¬ 
nation,  and  indeed  it  is  only  then  that  we  begin  to  realize  the  rationality  and 
clarity  of  his  art.  The  short  handscroll,  Traveling  in  Wu  (50,  il.  p.  75),  may  at 
first  seem  just  a  rough  and  hasty  improvisation.  The  sureness  in  placement  of 
objects  in  space  is  particularly  important,  as  well  as  the  extremely  subtle  modu¬ 
lations  of  tone.  The  mood  is  melancholic,  even  elegiac,  and  the  shading  of  that 
mood  with  a  great  variety  of  grays  is  especially  noticeable.  The  vertical  dots 
and  strokes  are  most  skillfully  varied  in  size,  weight,  and  relationship  to  each 
other,  They  are  never  mechanical  or  monotonous.  The  movement  of  the  scroll 
from  right  to  left— from  the  poem  and  the  lacy  transparency  of  the  trees  to 


73 


49 


Shen  Chou  (A) 


49 


Sheri  Chou  (B) 


74 


75 


Shen  Chou 


125 


Vincent  van  Gogh 


51  Shen  Chou 

76 


the  solid  encompassing  rocks  and  hummocks— is  particularly  well-handled.  The 
path  is  effective,  appearing  on  stage  at  right,  continuing  parallel  to  the  picture 
plane,  and  finally  turning  back  into  the  distance  and  disappearing  as  unobtru¬ 
sively  as  it  appeared.  It  serves  as  a  representational  parallel  to  the  kinetic  act 
of  unrolling  and  rerolling  the  scroll.  Such  is  the  “play”  of  Shen  Chou. 

In  this  last  example  and  in  the  four-leaf  album  (51,  il.  p.  76),  we  are 
aware  of  certain  staccato  effects  of  the  brush,  dots  and  slashes,  sudden  and 
abrupt,  which  remind  us  strongly  of  one  of  the  great  pen-draftsmen  of  the  mod¬ 
ern  Western  movement,  van  Gogh  (125,  il.  p.  76).  Like  Rembrandt  in  the 
drawing  shown  on  page  68,  Vincent  uses  the  reed  pen  to  achieve  effects  similar 
to  those  of  the  brush  of  Shen  Chou,  save  that  Shen  and  Van  Gogh  are  inter¬ 
ested  in  complexity  rather  than  simplification. 

The  fragmental  album  mounted  as  a  handscroll  (53,  il.  p.  78)  shows 
the  highest  achievements  of  the  artist  in  his  fully  developed  style.  Again  we 
have  a  sequential  album,  but  with  a  stylistic  conception  different  from  the  one 
in  Boston.  The  more  mature  work  is  built  on  variations  within  the  artist's 
personal  style  rather  than,  as  in  the  latter,  with  personal  variations  on  the  styles 
of  others.  The  sequential  organization  is  clear.  For  example,  leaf  53  (A)  has 
no  horizon  and  a  kind  of  open,  receding  alley  composition  with  a  fence  used 
as  a  space  divider.  Leaf  53  (B)  is  in  total  contrast:  a  spacious  composition  with 
a  mass  in  the  center,  audacious  and  dramatic.  The  individual  strokes  of  the 
brush  are  comparable  but  their  arrangement  in  (A)  is  tighter,  and  with  less 
contrast  than  those  in  (B).  Another  leaf  picks  up  the  suppressed  diagonals  of 
(A)  and  (B)  and  combines  the  sharp,  diagonal  split  of  the  composition  with 
the  strongest  statement  of  color  in  the  whole  series.  Similar  relationships  are  to 
be  found  in  the  remaining  two  leaves  by  Shen  Chou.  The  second  leaf  (B),  with 
its  cliff  towering  above  the  clouds,  is  about  as  complete  a  visual  and  literary  sym¬ 
bol  as  possible  of  Shen  Chou’s  original  style  and  contribution.  The  poem  reads: 

White  clouds  like  a  belt  encircle  the  mountain’s  waist. 

A  stone  ledge  flying  in  space  and  the  far,  thin  road. 

I  lean  on  my  bramble  staff  and  gazing  into  space 

Make  the  note  of  my  flute  an  answer  to  the  sounding  torrent. 

— tr.  R.  Edwards 

His  is  the  remote  but  personal  world  of  the  scholar-sage-hermit  towering  above 
the  crowd.  He  can  support  this  remoteness  by  the  strength  of  his  brush  and  the 
clear  intellect  shown  in  his  compositions.  Where  the  contemporary  and  con¬ 
servative  T’ang  Yin  built  mass  and  structure  by  accumulation,  Shen  built  mass 
and  structure  in  the  brush  stroke  itself,  and  in  this  lies  the  secret  of  his  stature 
in  the  history  of  Chinese  painting. 


77 


l*4**  * 

-7#  4*.  i m  * 

*  t  4M- 

*  -ft  A  - 

4  3  #  4* 

■  *4*/fc 


53 


Sheri  Chou  (A) 


53  Shen  Chou  (B) 


78 


53a 


Wen  Cheng-ming 


The  sixth  panel  (53a,  il.  p.  79)  in  the  Kansas  City  album  is  by  Wen 
Cheng-ming,  the  only  one  remaining  of  four  by  him  originally  contained  in  the 
album.  The  relationship  of  this  picture  to  those  by  Shen  Chou  in  the  album 
verifies  the  record  that  Wen  was  his  foremost  follower  and  the  second  great 
light  of  the  Wu  School.  Wen’s  album  leaf  was  presumably  painted  in  1516,  early 
in  his  career  when  the  influence  of  his  master  was  paramount.  The  vocabulary 
of  the  rocks  and  trees  is  that  of  the  older  man,  but  handled  in  a  more  restrained 
and  delicate  manner  and  tied  to  a  greater  interest  in  dramatic  subject  matter- 
in  this  case  a  rainstorm.  If  we  compare,  for  example,  the  house  and  fence  with 
similar  renderings  by  Shen  Chou,  we  can  see  the  difference  of  temperaments 
most  clearly.  Wen  Cheng-ming  is  the  perfect  scholar-painter,  elegant  and  re¬ 
fined.  Shen  is  less  conventional;  the  hermit  dominates  the  scholar. 

Wen  worked  in  a  variety  of  styles,  but  his  most  original  contribution,  a 
combination  of  drama,  taste,  and  carefully  controlled  dry  brushwork,  is  well- 
represented  in  the  exhibition.  The  small  painting,  dated  1531  (54,  il.  p.  80), 
is  one  of  the  earliest  manifestations  of  this  style.  In  this  case  it  is  overlaid 
with  a  tribute  to  the  T’ang  decorative  style  in  its  use  of  blue  and  green  color 


79 


80 


as  well  as  in  its  rather  careful  finish. 
The  dominance  of  the  rocks  is  note¬ 
worthy  and  reflects  the  already  estab¬ 
lished  interest  in  these  grotesque  and 
gnarled  shapes  which  was  characteristic 
of  the  art  of  gardening,  especially  strong 
in  Suchou  and  Hangchou  (il.  p.  80). 

This  susceptibility  to  the  grotesque 
reaches  its  height  in  a  picture  (55,  il.  p. 
82)  painted  in  the  following  year  (1532) 
where  the  drama  of  the  subject  and  com¬ 
position  are  fully  exploited.  Again  the 
interest  is  paralleled  in  nature  and  gar¬ 
den  art,  the  twisted  junipers  being  much 
prized  in  gardens  or  in  a  more  natural 
setting  (il.  p.  81).  Wen  Cheng-ming’s 
Seven  Junipers  is  not  only  an  ideal  rec¬ 
ord  of  a  specific  place,  but  a  literary  and 
cosmic  symbol  of  the  greatest  interest. 
The  artist’s  colophon  is  the  best  explana¬ 
tion  of  the  scroll: 

Behold,  memorials  of  by-gone  days,  the  Seven  Junipers  of  Ch’in-ch’uan, 
celestial  as  the  Constellation  of  the  Seven  Stars.  Power  divine  had  planted 
them  back  in  the  time  of  Liang.  Never  dared  Sui-jen’s  flaming  fire  seize 
them,  never.  Forms  superb,  flawless  idols,  spirits  infinite,  their  shadows 
guard  the  ancient  halls,  cover  the  jade  seats.  They  hallow  the  Palace  of 
the  Stars,  attendants  subservient  to  Heaven’s  majesty.  Up  float  their  sleeves, 
their  hair  hangs  deep  in  tufts,  chaste,  taut  forces  of  mystery.  Poems  unheard 
are  deepest.  Ten  thousand  oxen  will  not  pull  the  spreading  roots  grappled 
in  a  soil  of  pristine  power.  They  wedded  the  weird  in  thunder  and  darkest 
Yin.  Mosses  dry  at  their  bone  knots.  Now  trail  their  boughs  .  .  .  now  soar 
they  up  .  .  .  swinging  in  curls  or  drooping  abruptly.  Martial-like  spears 
now,  now  oppressed  as  a  platter.  Now  they  writhe  like  ape  arms  grasping 
at  the  shifting  peak,  haughty  cranes  now,  bending  their  necks,  combing 
their  feathers.  Wrinkles  crack  as  axes  strike.  Where  the  russet  bark  bursts, 
pierces  through  tiny  leafage.  Crawl  their  broom-like  tails  in  desolate  night, 
in  day  time  roaring  waves  in  the  trunk’s  gaping  hollows.  Writhing,  twisted 
ropes  dance  they  to  the  wail  of  the  wind,  as  the  chill  spreads.  Horns  split, 
blunted  claws,  wrestling  of  dragon  and  tiger,  whales  rolling  in  the  main. 

The  giant  birds  snatch  unexpectedly.  Like  ghosts,  now  vanishing,  now 
re-appearing,  in  boundless  intricacy.  To  further  their  perfection,  sky  be¬ 
stows  his  auspices,  dropping  sweet  dew  into  the  well  of  elixir.  Fairies,  gods, 
pay  them  visits,  tuning  songs  in  stringed  encores.  Color  of  dawn  their 
morning  meal,  heavenly  nectar  their  wine. 

The  world’s  hasty  uproar  they  disdain,  be  it  danger  or  peace,  be  the  bronze 


81 


55 

camels  hidden  by  weeks,  while  Sun  and  Moon  ever  hasten,  (spheres)  of 

the  firmament  .  .  . 

In  the  year  1532  Summer,  Cheng-ming  painted  and  wrote  this  for  Shih-men. 

— tr.  by  Gustav  Ecke 

Eighteen  years  later,  at  the  age  of  eighty-one,  the  artist  painted  a  similar 
motif  in  a  much  less  grandiose  manner  in  the  Cypress  and  Old  Rocks  (56,  il.  p. 
84).  In  many  ways  it  is  his  masterpiece  in  this  country  and  one  of  his  most 
perfect  works.  There  is  no  striving  for  effect.  The  brushwork  is  more  flexible 
and  varied  with  a  brilliant  use  of  contrasting  dry  and  wet  textures.  All  of  his 
sense  of  antiquity,  of  restraint,  and  of  the  full  use  of  the  scholar’s  brush  is  com¬ 
bined  in  a  small  format.  Again,  as  in  the  Yuan  painting  by  Chao  Meng-fu  (26, 
il.  p.  44),  the  twig  ends,  executed  with  a  swift  “running  brush”  are  a  pleasure 
to  us,  if  not  to  the  extremely  high  degree  experienced  by  the  Chinese  critic. 
These  qualities,  plus  the  moral  and  literary  virtues  attributed  to  the  artist  as 
scholar  and  critic,  have  placed  him  on  a  level  with  his  immediate  predecessor, 
Shen  Chou. 


82 


Wen  Cheng-mmg 

Wen's  followers  in  the  Wu  School  include  members  of  his  family.  Per¬ 
haps  the  most  notable  of  these  was  his  nephew  with  the  alliterative  name, 
Wen  Po-jen.  His  contribution  is  derived  in  part  from  his  uncle,  especially  in 
the  often  complex  use  of  dry  textures.  But  there  is  something  a  little  larger  in 
scale  to  be  found  in  Wen  Po-jen.  Perhaps  his  interest  in  atmosphere  and  his 
often  spacious  compositions  owe  much  to  Sung  and  Yuan  predecessors.  Thus 
the  Landscape  (57,  il.  p.  85)  is  in  the  spirit  of  Wen  Cheng-ming,  but  the  upper 
mountains  are  more  massive  and  fully  realized  than  anything  similar  in  that 
artist.  The  poignant  contrast  between  the  luxurious  textures  of  the  trees  below 
and  the  spare,  austere  distant  mountains  is  especially  well-realized.  The  same  re¬ 
straint  and  subtlety  is  communicated  by  the  little  handscroll  of  The  Lute  Song 
(58,  il.  p.  84)  where  the  layout  reminds  us  a  little  of  Southern  Sung.  Again  we 
can  see  the  continued  close  relationship  of  the  painter  to  nature  in  a  photo¬ 
graph  of  a  Min  River  scene  in  Fukien  (ih  p.  84).  The  Lute  Song  possesses  that 
intimacy  and  personal  touch  found  in  the  fans  painted  as  personal  gifts  by  the 
scholar-painters.16  (See  the  examples  by  Lu  Chih  and  Yun  Hsiang,  62, 81,  not  il.) 


83 


5S  Wert  Po-ien 


Min  River  (Fukien) 


84 


■H 


85 


86 


The  dry-brushed  textural  style  of  Wen  Cheng-ming  was  often  used  by 
one  of  his  pupils,  Chu  Chieh,  and  his  Watching  the  Stream  (59,  il.  p.  86)30  shows 
the  extent  of  his  specialization.  Like  some  drawings  by  Paul  Klee,  the  narrow 
hanging  scroll  must  be  read  from  bottom  to  top  and  from  side  to  side,  observ¬ 
ing  each  sign  on  the  way.  Something  of  the  same  detailed  texture  of  nature  was 
the  stock  in  trade  of  Pieter  Brueghel  in  his  drawings  (1 19,  il.  p.  86),  even  to  his 
mannerist  pen-stroke  symbols  for  foliage.  The  word  mannerist  is  no  accident 
here,  for  Wen  Cheng-ming  and  his  followers  were  just  that,  in  the  best  sense 
of  the  word,  testing,  examining,  refining,  and  elaborating  the  Yuan  and  Wu 
contributions. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  painters  in  this  group,  Lu  Chih,  is  usually 
listed  as  a  painter  of  flowers.  But  in  a  few  of  his  landscapes  he  uses  a  most 
individual,  crystalline-like  brush  stroke  to  construct  pictures  of  striking  clarity 
and  refinement.  While  he  is  rarely  original  in  composition,  the  handscroll, 
dated  1549  (60,  il.  p.  88),  is  just  that,  with  a  particularly  rich  use  of  color  with¬ 
in  a  horizon-less  landscape  and  with  no  area  left  without  texture.  The  sudden 
views  through  this  texture  to  rice  paddies,  caves,  houses,  are  also  unusual.  The 
typical  brushwork  can  be  studied  most  easily  in  the  Chicago  hanging  scroll 
(61,  il.  p.  85).  The  composition  and  the  brushwork  are  both  influenced  by 
Ni  Tsan  but  Lu  makes  his  strokes  smaller  than  those  of  the  Yuan  master.  The 
strokes  are  extremely  angular  with  many  little  sharp,  vertical  accents.  These, 
plus  the  color,  usually  on  the  cool  side  in  the  blue-green  range,  with  some 
touches  of  orange,  give  to  his  work  a  certain  prim  tartness.  Only  in  the  total 
composition  is  he  ill  at  ease,  especially  in  handling  the  conventional  Ni  Tsan 
type  of  break  in  the  middle  distance. 


65  (defa/JJ  Ch’en  Shun 


87 


60  fdefaiW 


One  other  painter  of  this  group,  Ch’en  Shun,  was  also  known  primarily 
as  a  bird  and  flower  painter,  but  where  Lu  Chih  followed  the  dry  and  brittle 
style,  Ch’en  seems  to  have  specialized  in  the  opposite  direction.  His  strength  was 
the  “boneless”  manner,  emphasizing  the  broad  use  of  washes,  usually  colored, 
and  without  much  reinforcement  from  brush  strokes.  Not  that  his  hand  was 
incapable  of  sharp  brush  work.  The  River  Landscape ,  (65,  il.  p.  87),  “painted 


88 


Lu  Chih 


in  play  for  an  elder  brother,”  is  eloquent  proof  of  his  ability  to  use  the  brush 
stroke  as  a  bold  means  of  building  an  original  and  striking  handscroll.  The 
distant  washes  with  their  sensuous  softness  are  more  typical  of  his  style.  This 
quality  comes  through  even  in  monochrome  in  the  Pavilion  of  Eight  Poems 
(63,  il.  p.  90)  with  its  dreamy  but  deliberate  blurring  of  shapes  which  recalls 
some  of  the  dissolved  landscapes  of  Southern  Sung.  Ch’en  Shuns  finest  land- 


89 


90 


Pines  on  Hengshan  (Hunan) 


91 


Ch'en  Shun 


scape  style  combines  the  boneless  method,  color,  and  the  massed  brushwork  of 
the  Sung  “Mi  style”  (15,  iL  p.  32).  The  Landscape  and  Poem  (64,  iL  p.  91)  is 
a  beautiful  example  of  this  style.  The  composition,  gracefully  bending  down, 
then  up,  is  surprisingly  real.  The  color  is  soft  and  rich,  enjoyed  in  itself.  In 
this  sense,  the  scroll  is  a  proto  type  for  seventeenth-century  coloristie  develop¬ 
ments.  (93,  95).  Ch'en  Shun's  paintings  seem  as  free  and  easy  as  his  calli¬ 
graphy,  usually  written  in  the  “running  style/' 

The  direct  influence  of  Shen  Chou,  the  original  founder  of  the  Wu 
School,  is  less  evident  than  that  of  Wen  Cheng-ming,  but  it  did  inspire  two 
men:  one  his  direct  pupil,  Chou  Yung,  a  successful  official;  the  other,  Hsieh 
Shih-ch'en,  Chou's  works  are  extremely  rare  and  Whiter  Mountains  and  Lonely 


67  (defer//)  Hsieh  Shrh-ch'en 


92 


Chou  Yung 


Temple  (66,  il.  p.  92)  may  well  be  his  only  work  in  the  Occident.  In  figures, 
architecture,  and  trees  it  recalls  Shen  Chou,  but  the  heavy  use  of  washes  in 
the  “axe-hewn”  mountains  is  derived  from  Southern  Sung,  Li  T’ang  in  par¬ 
ticular,  as  stated  on  the  title  colophon.  The  result  is  bold  and  original,  some¬ 
where  between  the  Wu  and  Che  Schools.  Hsieh  Shih-ch’en  also  falls  between  the 
two  camps  and  for  this  he  was  criticized  by  the  scholar-critics.  But  Tiger  Hill, 
Suchou  (67,  il.  p.  92)  is  in  a  more  purely  scholarly  vein.  It  has  his  distinctive 
soft,  slightly  blurred  touch  and  is  obviously  based  on  Shen  Chou’s  style,  par¬ 
ticularly  in  trees  and  architecture. 


TUNG  CH’I-CH’ANG  AND  SOME  INDIVIDUALISTS 

The  end  of  the  sixteenth  century  closes  this  period  of  elaboration  in  the 
accomplishments  of  the  Wu  School.  A  new  impetus  was  needed  and  it  was 
forthcoming  in  the  theories  and  paintings  of  Tung  Ch’i-ch’ang  who  dramati¬ 
cally  changed  the  course  of  Chinese  landscape  painting.  His  importance  and  the 
extent  of  his  influence  is  comparable  to  that  of  Caravaggio  for  European  paint¬ 
ing,  who,  coincidentally,  was  active  at  almost  the  same  time:  about  1600. 

There  is  little  doubt  that  we  must  speak  of  later  Chinese  painting  as 
“before  Tung  Ch’i-ch’ang”  and  “after  Tung  Ch’i-ch’ang.”  His  literary,  critical, 
and  calligraphic  influence  is  paramount,  and  so  is  his  painting,  like  it  or  not. 
In  his  writing  he  asserts  the  supremacy  of  the  Northern  Sung  and  Yuan 
masters,  and  in  his  painting  he  attempts  to  recapture  the  monumental  strength 


93 


94 


of  the  former  and  the  controlled  calligraphy  of  the  latter.  No  one  could  de¬ 
scribe  the  Wu  School  as  having  been  monumental  or  universal  in  an  objective 
way.  In  opposing  the  previous  direction  of  the  literary  school,  Tung  Ch’i- 
ch’ang  was  both  a  supreme  reactionary  and  a  supreme  revolutionist.  While 
the  result  is  a  loss  of  the  outward  reality  of  nature,  there  is  a  really  significant 
aesthetic  gain  in  an  arbitrary,  even  fierce,  reorganization  of  the  elements  of 
landscape  painting  into  a  monumental  format.  This  aesthetic  specialization  in¬ 
volves  striking  distortions  in  his  most  typical  pictures  (69,  il.  p.  94).  Ground 
or  water  planes  are  slanted,  or  raised  and  lowered  at  will.  Foliage  areas  are 
forced  into  unified  planes  regardless  of  depth,  and  often  in  striking  juxtapo¬ 
sitions  of  texture.  No  small  details  or  minuscule  textures  are  allowed  to  stand  in 
the  way  of  the  artist’s  striving  for  a  broad  and  universal  expression  of  the  tradi¬ 
tional  attitudes  to  nature.  Malraux’s  subtle  distinction  between  Chardin  and 
Braque,  “In  Chardin  the  glow  is  on  the  peach;  in  Braque  the  glow  is  on  the 
picture,”  applies  as  well  to  the  works  of  Tung.  The  result  is  difficult  and  not 
completely  realized  when  we  compare  his  works  with  such  later  giants  as  Chu 
Ta  (98,  il.  p.  124),  or  even  the  more  academic  Wang  Yuan-ch’i  (86,  il.  p.  106), 
for  theirs  was  a  pictorial  genius  which  accomplished  what  Tung  Ch’i-ch’ang  in¬ 
dicated.12  And  others  of  the  later  individualists,  Rung  Hsien  (101,  il.  p.  126)  for 
example,  took  details  or  specific  elements  out  of  Tung’s  pictures  and  enlarged 
or  elaborated  them. 

We  must  not  assume,  as  the  writer  once  did,  that  the  appearance  of 
Tung  Ch’i-ch’ang’s  pictures  results  from  a  lack  of  competence.  An  earlier 
picture  “after  Chang  Seng-yu”  (68,  il.  p.  94),  the  almost  legendary  pre-T’ang 
painter,  clearly  demonstrates  Tung’s  control  and  subtlety  within  a  chosen  set 
of  rules:  in  this  case  color  and  a  relatively  “boneless”  manner.  This  compe¬ 
tence  could  be  commanded  if  desired,  but,  like  the  Post-Impressionists,  the 
artist  was  desperately  striving  to  reconstitute  the  powerful  and  virile  forms 
rather  than  the  surface  likeness  of  the  earlier  painters.  Tung  Ch’i-ch’ang  had 
the  last  word:  “Those  who  study  the  old  masters  and  do  not  introduce  some 
changes  are  as  if  closed  in  by  a  fence.  If  one  imitates  the  models  too  closely, 
one  is  often  still  further  removed  from  them.”56 

Tung’s  official  position  and  his  pictorial  and  critical  acceptance  as  the 
arbiter  of  taste  and  authenticity  certified  the  triumph  of  the  literary-painters’ 
tradition,  identified  by  him  and  his  colleagues  with  the  “Southern  School,”  in 
opposition  to  that  tradition  represented  by  the  Che  School  and  described  as 
“Northern.”  His  own  immediate  following,  Ch’en  Chi-ju  (70,  not  il.),  Mo  Shih- 
lung,  who  coined  the  sometimes  obfuscating  Northern  and  Southern  categor¬ 
ies,7  and  others,  is  usually  described  as  the  Sung-chiang  School,  after  the  town 


95 


71 


Li  Liu-fang 


96 


97 


near  Suchou  which  was  their  center. 

The  influence  of  Tung  can  be  seen  in  numerous  other  important  masters 
who  can  only  be  described  as  seventeenth-century  individualists,  a  description 
that  can  be  narrowed  to  these  late  Ming  men  alone,  or  broadened  to  include 
all  of  the  distinctive  personalities  of  the  troubled  late  years  of  the  century,  even 
into  the  early  part  of  the  Ch’ing  Dynasty  (1644-1912).  However,  since  this  latter 
group  is  involved  in  the  social  and  political  picture  of  the  new  and  alien 
dynasty,  these  later  individualists  will  be  considered  subsequently,  as  a  contrast 
to  the  almost  neo-classic  academicism  that  was  the  early  Ch’ing  by-product  of 
the  Sung-chiang  School.  The  other  Ming  individualists  are  too  numerous  and 
relatively  recently  known  to  Westerners  to  be  presented  in  more  than  a  sum¬ 
mary  way,  Although  the  poem  on  one  of  Li  Liu-fang’s  boldest  pictures  (71,  il. 
p.  96)  mentions  Ni  Tsan,  and  the  brush  work  is  influenced  by  the  brusque  style 
of  Wu  Chen,  the  over -all  effect  of  the  landscape  would  be  unthinkable  with¬ 
out  the  intervention  of  Tung  Ch’i-ch'ang.  We  should  note  in  passing,  as  a  post- 
Yuan  characteristic,  the  way  in  which  the  so-called  Ni  type  composition  is  vis¬ 
ually  and  compositionally  unified  from  bottom  to  top.  The  excellent  preserva¬ 
tion  of  the  ink  and  the  particularly  simplified  brushwork  combine  to  offer  de¬ 
tails  (il.  p.  96)  which  reveal  the  order  of  the  successive  strokes  and  washes  with 
an  almost  kinetic  force.  Or  consider  the  fantastic  boldness  of  Sheng  Mao-yeh’s 
Lonely  Retreat,  dated  1630,  (72,  il.  p.  97).  Sheng17  has  taken  a  small  segment 
of  a  monumental  landscape,  a  mountain  notch,  and  magnified  it,  treated  it 
with  great  bravura,  producing  a  large  scale  painting  with  an  immediate 
rather  than  a  cumulative  effect.  Nevertheless,  the  fading  mists  are  suggestively 
handled  and  show  the  subtle  touch  that  is  found  in  many  of  the  artist’s  smaller 
pictures.  The  painter  is  not  without  humor  in  the  figure  of  the  Sage  and  in 
the  grotesque  trees.  The  painting  fascinates  precisely  because  of  its  wild,  off¬ 
beat  quality. 

Another  of  these  individualists  was  a  direct  pupil  of  Tung  Ch’i-ch’ang. 
We  can  see  the  art  of  Ch’eng  Cheng-kuei  in  an  early  (73,  il.  p.  99)  and  a  late 
(74,  not  il.)  handscroll.  The  former  is  particularly  interesting  as  it  confirms 
Ch’eng’s  use  of  "a  dry  and  stumpy  brush”  as  mentioned  in  the  Kuo  Ch’ao  Hua 
Cheng  Lu.  The  effect  in  the  early  scroll  is  almost  like  that  of  Western  chiaro¬ 
scuro.  The  unusual  dry-textured  and  shaded  areas  are  accomplished  by  the  use 
of  a  sooty  ink,  sparely  watered  and  applied  with  a  relatively  stiff  brush.  The 
composition  is  equally  strange  and  willful,  and  is  based  on  near  masses  and  sud¬ 
den  break-throughs,  with  a  jerky,  erratic  rhythm  that  is  typical  of  the  artist. 
In  later  years,  as  in  the  second  scroll,  he  exploits  this  mode  even  further,  but 
with  a  wet  brush  and  a  rapid,  unshaded  handling,  using  slight  and  rather  tur- 


98 


99 


73  (detail)  Ch’eng  Cheng-koei 


75  (detail) 


Lan  Ying 


gid  color.  This  extreme  specialization  is  carried  over  into  the  titles  and  inscrip¬ 
tions  on  his  pictures,  for  he  uses  the  same  title  for  nearly  all  his  scrolls  and  even 
goes  so  far  as  to  number  them  for  each  year! 

In  contrast  to  this  specialization  are  the  wide-ranging  interests  of 
Lan  Ying,  an  effervescent  and  skillful,  if  secondary,  talent.  He  delights  in  play¬ 
ing  the  improvisation  game  and  his  long  scroll  in  the  style  of  Tung  Yuan,  Huang 
Kung-wang,  Wang  Meng,  and  Wu  Chen  (75,  il.  p.  100)  is  a  type  example  of  vari¬ 
ations  on  given  themes.  The  last  passage,  inspired  by  Wu  Chen,  is  especially  good 
—wet  and  free— and  seems  to  best  express  the  temperament  of  the  late  Ming 
man.  The  same  exuberance  is  found  in  the  hanging  scroll  (76,  il.  p.  97),  dated 
1652,  twenty-eight  years  later,  where  the  spiky  and  saucy  flavor  is  increased  by 
the  decorative  use  of  clear,  warm  color.  Lan  Ying’s  lack  of  “loftiness”  certainly 
reduced  his  rank  in  Chinese  criticism. 

Of  course,  many  in  this  period  continued  to  practice  a  more  conservative 
and  detailed  manner,  especially  in  figure  painting.  Of  these  the  most  note¬ 
worthy  was  Ting  Yun-p’eng  whose  works  even  Tung  Ch’i-ch’ang  praised  as 
“every  hair  alive.”  His  rather  rare  landscapes  (77,  il.  p.  101),  in  this  case  in  T’ang 
style,  are  very  traditional  in  details,  but  quite  proper  for  their  period  in  their 
unified  and  realistic  atmosphere.  Tightly  and  carefully  painted,  they  use  color 
as  a  surface  coating.  Ting’s  hanging  scroll  in  the  exhibition  must  rank  as 
one  of  the  finest  ultra-conservative  works  in  this  seventeenth  century.  Other 
paintings,  such  as  the  little  handscroll  by  Wang  Chien-chiang  (78,  not  il.)  use 
this  archaistic  technique  with  a  gold  background  in  a  highly  decorative  way. 

Still  another  phase  of  traditionalism  was  the  continued  close  copying  of 
great  painters  of  the  past.  One  of  the  very  best  manifestations  of  this  form  of 


100 


79 


Ku  I-teh 


Ting  Yun-p'eng 


'A 

m" 


’i4M 


101 


4  V* 


filial  piety  is  Enjoying  the  Moon  by  Ku  I-teh  (79,  il.  p.  101)  which  has  a  colo¬ 
phon  by  the  great  Tung  Ch’i-ch’ang  himself.34  In  this  colophon  he  describes 
the  now  lost  original  by  the  Yuan  master,  Wang  Meng,  from  which  the  paint¬ 
ing  by  Ku  was  taken.  Much  can  be  learned  by  the  visual  comparison  of  these 
known  later  copies  with  originals  or  presumed  originals.  Thus  the  painting  is 
texturally  and  compositionally  close  to  Wang  Meng  (30,  il.  p.  50),  but 
the  color  and  brushwork  combine  to  produce  a  more  immediately  charm¬ 
ing  efFect  without  that  rough  and  rustic  exterior  which  often  seems  charac¬ 
teristic  of  the  earlier  artist.  The  later  washes  are  wetter  in  the  foliage,  the  pine 
needles  and  bark  are  more  carefully  and  precisely  treated.  The  ropy  and  strong 
brush  of  Wang  Meng  has  been  transformed  into  an  idiom  that  takes  for  granted 
the  existence  of  the  sixteenth  century,  and  especially  Wen  Cheng-ming 
and  Wen  Po-jen  (57,  il.  p.  85). 


THE  CH’ING  DYNASTY:  ORTHODOX  PAINTERS 

All  of  these  painters  worked  in  a  confused  and  troubled  period  which 
ended  with  the  triumph  of  the  alien  Manchu  Dynasty  in  1644.  The  parallel 
with  the  Mongol  conquest  of  the  thirteenth  century  immediately  suggests  itself 
and  has  in  it  much  of  interest.  There  is  a  similar  dichotomy  involving  a 
strongly  traditional-eclectic  group  and  a  nonconforming  group  of  rugged  indi¬ 
vidualists,  rebellious  in  aesthetics  as  well  as  in  politics.  With  the  Ch’ing  Dyn¬ 
asty  we  see  the  revolutionary  style  of  Tung  Ch’i-ch’ang  and  his  followers  be¬ 
come  the  academic  manner  of  the  late  seventeenth  century.  This  manner  is 
embodied  in  the  work  of  “The  Four  Wangs.”  In  evaluating  their  contribution 
we  must  be  especially  tolerant  of  eclecticism  and  unusually  sensitive  to  the  fine 
shadings  involved  in  variations  on  earlier  styles.  Almost  all  of  their  paintings 
are  “in  the  manner  of”  or  “in  homage  to”  some  earlier  master  and  fall  quite 
readily  into  a  pattern  comparable  to  the  performance  of  a  great  composition 
by  a  musical  virtuoso.  In  most  of  their  production  the  Wangs,  with  the  pos¬ 
sible  exception  of  Wang  Yuan-ch’i  (86,  il.  p.  106),  can  largely  be  appreciated  in 
terms  of  their  consummately  skillful  brushwork.  Consequently  they  will  prob¬ 
ably  always  rank  much  higher  in  Chinese  eyes  than  ever  in  ours. 

Wang  Shih-min,  unrepresented  here,  was  the  oldest  and,  let  it  be  said, 
the  dullest  of  the  four.  Wang  Chien  was  of  the  same  generation  and  a  friend 
of  his  namesake.  His  variation  on  Wang  Meng  (83,  il.  p.  103)  possesses  no  orig¬ 
inality  in  composition  but  does  have  a  personal  touch,  a  kind  of  waving,  roll¬ 
ing  rhythm  of  considerable  grace.  The  wet  and  transparent  dots  are  skillfully 


102 


84 


83 


Wang  Chien 


Wang  Hui 


84  I detail ) 


placed  on  the  foreground  rocks  and  serve  to  pinion  their  linear  movement. 
Nevertheless  this  is  painting  for  other  painters  and  critics  in  an  even  more 
limited  sense  than  in  the  usual  literary  man’s  style. 

The  subsequent  generation  produced  the  other  two  and  more  interest¬ 
ing  members  of  the  Four  Wangs.  Wang  Hui  was  the  pupil  of  both  the  older 
Wangs  and  achieved  extremely  high  marks  from  them  as  well  as  from  other 
critics.  Wang  Hui’s  Bamboo  Grove  and  Distant  Mountains  (84,  il.  p.  103),  after 
Wang  Meng,  is  an  excellent  example  of  an  improvisation  which  the  Chinese 
define  as  a  “copy,”  or  even  a  “tracing.”  It  could  never  be  taken  as  a  Wang 
Meng  or  anyone  except  Wang  Hui  himself.  If  there  is  no  daring  or  boldness 
in  the  composition  there  is  the  most  amazing  control  of  all  the  nuances  possible 
with  brush  and  ink  (see  il.  p.  84),  a  control  comparable  to  that  found  on  the 
porcelains  of  the  period.  The  in-and-out  movement  of  the  bamboo  leaves,  the 
absolutely  sure  placement  of  the  rocks  in  space,  the  variety  of  texture  and  tone, 


104 


and  the  precision  of  the  brush 
strokes,  all  these  attest  the  refinement 
and  amazing  skill  of  the  artist*  We 
feel  admiration  rather  than  wonder 
or  excitement*  This  is  nothing  to 
be  despised;  we  still  leave  space  in 
our  aesthetic  hearts  for  the  small  but 
genuine  pleasures  of  a  Fantin-Latour 
or  a  Richard  Wilson* 

If  Wang  Hui  is  the  greatest  vir~ 
tuoso  of  the  group,  then  Wang  Yuan- 
ch'i  is  by  all  odds  the  most  original* 
He  must  have  studied  Tung  Gh'i- 
ch’angs  distortions  in  paint  more 
than  his  critical  emphases  on  tradi¬ 
tion;  and  he  added  to  these  gleanings 
a  careful,  intellectual  technique  with 
an  original  and  constructive  use  of 
color*  His  monochrome  pictures 
seem  more  traditional  than  those 
with  color,  as  we  can  see  by  compar¬ 
ing  the  hanging  scroll  "after  the  style 
of  Huang  Kung-wang”  (85 ,  il.  p* 
105)  with  a  colored  work  after  Ni 
Tsan  (86,  ih  P*  106).  The  mono¬ 
chrome  landscape  provides  a  fine 
demonstration  of  the  typical  con¬ 
tinuous  space  of  later  Chinese  paint¬ 
ings  essaying  the  earlier  monumental 
styles.  While  there  is  tilting  and  dis~ 
tortion  of  the  various  ground  and 
water  levels,  the  space  in  which  they 
are  placed  seems  all  of  a  piece,  not 
divided  and  separated  as,  for  example,  in  the  Northern  Sung  hanging  scrolls* 
But  color  gives  Wang  Yuan-ch’i  a  greater  opportunity  for  innovation  and  with 
it  he  finds  his  full  means  of  expression. 

We  shall  soon  have  occasion  to  mention  the  use  of  color  again,  but  in 
a  different  technique.  Wang's  careful,  almost  laborious,  method  is  really  water- 
color  painting,  not  tinted  ink  painting.  The  method  is  not  unlike  that  of 


Wang  Yuan-ch1! 


105 


86 


Wang  Yuan-ch'i 


106 


Cezanne  in  his  water  colors  (126).  Glazes  of  color,  more  limited  in  range 
of  hue  than  those  used  in  the  West,  are  applied  one  above  the  other  and  in 
the  distant  island  of  the  picture  “after  Ni  Tsan”  (86,  il.  p.  106)  produce  an 
extremely  solid  and  well-placed  structure.  The  contrast  with  the  supposed  pro¬ 
totype  style  of  Ni  Tsan  (31,  il.  p.  54)  is  a  decided  one  and  rests  largely  on  the 
successful  and  solid  use  of  color  as  opposed  to  the  delicate  and  evanescent  mono¬ 
chrome  of  the  earlier  painter.  A  contemporary  source  gives  us  an  excellent 
description  of  Wang  Yuan-ch’i’s  working  method  and,  incidentally,  additional 
proof  of  the  often  time-consuming  approach  of  Chinese  painters.  The  single 
brush  stroke,  which  once  put  down  is  never  erased,  is  only  one  of  various 
creative  techniques. 

He  started  by  spreading  the  paper,  and  then  he  cogitated  for  a  long 
while.  He  took  some  light  ink  and  drew  some  general  outlines  indicating 
in  a  summary  way  the  woods  and  the  valleys.  Then  he  fixed  the  forms 
of  the  peaks  and  the  stones  (cliffs),  the  terraces  and  the  folds  (of  the 
mountains),  the  branches  and  trunks  of  the  trees,  but  each  time  before  he 
lifted  the  brush  (to  paint)  he  thought  over  the  thing  very  carefully  in 
his  mind.  Thus  the  day  was  soon  ended. 

The  next  day  he  invited  me  again  to  his  house  and  took  out  the  same 
scroll.  He  added  on  some  wrinkles  (on  the  mountains) .  Then  he  used  some 
reddish  brown  (ochre)  colour,  mixed  it  with  a  little  yellow  gum-raisin 
(sic)  (gambodge)  (sic),  and  with  this  painted  the  mountains  and  stones. 
Thereupon  he  took  a  small  flat-iron,  loaded  with  hot  coals,  and  with 
this  he  ironed  and  dried  the  picture.  After  that  he  went  over  the  stones 
and  the  whole  structure  of  the  picture  again  brushing  with  dry  ink.  The 
leaves  of  the  trees  were  dotted  in  a  scattering  manner,  the  woods  on  the 
mountains,  the  buildings,  the  bridges,  ferries,  streams,  and  beaches  were 
brought  out  clearly.  Next  he  took  some  green  colour  mixed  with  water  and 
ink  and  with  this  he  washed  quite  lightly  and  slowly,  emphasizing  the 
lights  and  shadows  and  the  relief.  Then  again  he  used  the  same  flat-iron 
as  before  to  dry  the  picture.  And  once  more  he  went  over  the  hooks  and 
horizontal  strokes,  the  coloured  and  the  dotted  spots  from  the  lightest  to 
the  darkest  parts  thus  making  the  picture  gradually  more  dense.  It  took 
him  half  a  month  to  finish  a  picture. 

At  the  beginning  it  was  all  in  a  nebulous  state  (hun  lun),  but  gradually 
this  was  broken  up,  and  then  the  scattered  parts  were  brought  together; 
finally  the  whole  thing  returned  again  to  the  nebulous  state.  The  life- 
breath  (ch’i)  was  boundless,  the  emptiness  was  filled  with  beauty,  not  a 
single  stroke  was  carelessly  done.  That  is  the  reason  why  he  spent  so  many 
days  on  a  work.  The  saying  that  the  old  painters  used  ten  days  for  painting 
a  water  course  and  five  days  for  a  stone  may  not  be  an  exaggeration.57 

The  Four  Wangs  are  the  principal  luminaries  of  what  the  Chinese  call 
the  Lou-tung  School  which  formed  the  basis  of  conservative  scholarly  painting 
of  the  period.  One  need  only  examine  the  landscape  dated  1697  (87,  il.  p.  108) 
by  Huang  Ting,  a  pupil  of  Wang  Yuan-ch’i,  to  realize  that  fine  painting  was 
produced  outside  of  the  big  four,  but  within  the  limits  of  the  school.  While 


107 


87 

108 


Huang  Ting 


the  painting  is  based  texturally  and 
compositionally  on  Wang  Meng,  the 
artist  has  made  two  important 
changes.  The  rounded  contours  do 
not  bulge,  but  are  treated  as  flat 
planes  with  textured  surfaces;  and 
these  planes  recede,  not  by  rolling 
masses,  but  by  overlapping  in  a  man¬ 
ner  analogous  to  pre-Yuan  painting. 

The  result  is  a  combination  of  mon- 
umentality  and  intimacy  which  is 
quite  unusual  and  very  successful. 

In  turn  take  Huang  Ting’s  pupil, 

Chang  Tsung-ts’ang  (88=  il.  p.  109), 
a  favorite  painter  of  the  Ch’ien  Lung 
Emperor  (1732-1796).  While  super¬ 
ficially  similar  to  Wang  Yuan-ch’i, 

Chang  has  relied  more  on  ink  and 
less  on  color.  The  effect  is  dense 
and  compact  with  a  minimum  aware¬ 
ness  of  space  or  air  for  containing 
these  densities.  The  result  is  highly  abstract,  almost  a  diagram  of  mass  in  a 
vacuum.  In  addition  the  picture  is  marvelously  well-preserved  and  shows,  per¬ 
haps  as  much  as  any  late  painting,  the  sheen  and  liveliness  of  ink  and  trans¬ 
parent  color  on  paper. 

The  more  purely  official  court  painters  and  decorators  interest  us  little 
save  for  one  quite  individual  artist,  Yuan  Chiang,  whose  Carts  on  a  Mountain 
Road  (89,  il.  p.  110)  was  painted  in  1754  “after  Kuo  Hsi,"  the  Northern  Sung 
master.  This  is  a  late  mannerist  kind  of  painting  with  an  intense  interest  in  lava¬ 
like  forms  with  metamorphic  overtones  and  strikingly  like  some  European  draw¬ 
ings  of  rocks  and  mountains  such  as  the  one  by  Jan  Brueghel  (123,  il.  p.  110), 
which  also  borders  on  the  grotesque.  Yuan’s  monumental  composition  of  a  con¬ 
tinuous  mass  in  continuous  space  is  belied  by  the  pale,  almost  pastel-like,  color 
which  reduces  the  monumentality  while  helping  the  decorative  qualities.  There 
may  well  be  European  influence,  quite  common  in  eighteenth-century  Chinese 
painting,  in  the  more  realistic  treatment  of  the  individual  parts.  This  also  adds 
to  the  tensions  in  the  picture,  tensions  which  make  the  whole  unreal,  however 
real  the  parts.  Here  we  can  see  very  well  how  totally  real  the  Sung  or  Yuan 
landscape  paintings  are  by  comparison,  and  that  this  earlier  reality  was  achieved 


.  *  - 1.  a  » i  «  t 

I  S3  t:  it  f  *  i*  & 

It  *  £  ft  » 

r  iU- 

*  it  i  4  1  * 


‘Mt-V  ; 


88 


Chang  Tsung-ts’ang 


109 


89  Yuan  Chiang  123  Jan  Brueghel  the  Elder 


by  magnificent  intellectual  control. 

The  aesthetic  bridge  between  the  new  conservativism  of  the  Four  Wangs 
and  the  priest-hermit-individualists  of  the  seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centur¬ 
ies  is  formed  by  two  painters  usually  assigned  to  the  Lou-tung  School:  Wu 
Li  and  Yun  Shou-p’ing.  They  belong,  but  not  quite.  Wu  Li3  especially  is 
possessed  by  a  rather  different  genius  and  the  results  justify  his  contemporary 
fame  and  the  growing  appreciation  of  his  works  today.  Although  he  was  a 
boyhood  friend  of  Wang  Hui  and  a  pupil  of  Wang  Chien,  Wu  Li  proved  his 
essentially  different  nature  by  his  painting  and  by  becoming  a  Christian  and  a 


110 


Jesuit.  The  latter  did  not  affect  the 
style  of  his  painting  but  may  have 
influenced  its  later  mood.  His  ear¬ 
lier  paintings  seem  no  different  in 
intention  or  level  of  accomplishment 
than  those  of  the  lesser  Wangs.  But 
he  could,  on  occasion,  step  over  the 
boundary  of  accepted  taste  into  the 
realm  of  the  unusual  or  the  gro¬ 
tesque.  The  hanging  scroll  in  the 
style  of  Wang  Meng,  dated  1674  (90, 
il.  p.  Ill),  was  painted  two  years  be¬ 
fore  he  became  a  Christian  and  seems 
a  tense  and  turbulent,  even  subjec¬ 
tive  picture.  The  extraordinary  con¬ 
volutions  of  the  rocks  and  the  moun¬ 
tain  peak  may  derive  from  the  Yuan 
master,  but  they  go  far  beyond  him 
in  exaggerated  tension.  These,  with 
the  large  scale,  the  enclosed  composi¬ 
tion,  and  the  somber  ink  make  for 
a  dramatic  and  disturbing  picture 
really  outside  the  bounds  of  then  con¬ 
ventional  taste.  His  second  scroll  in 
the  exhibition  (91,  il.  p.  1 12),  while 
not  dated,  seems  to  belong  to  his 
Christian  years.  It  is  a  mature  and 
serene  work  of  after  1700,  with  a 
real  fusion  of  delicate  color  and 
touch  with  a  monumental  composi¬ 
tion  of  extreme  verticality.  Like  Huang  Ting  (87,  il.  p.  108),  the  artist  knew 
very  well  how  to  flatten  the  planes  and  to  overlap  them  in  direct  relationship  to 
the  picture  plane.  The  sharply  vertical  composition  is  stabilized  by  the  sug¬ 
gested  breadth  of  the  base  which  supports  the  upper  half  by  the  contrapuntal, 
upward  thrust  of  the  foothills.  The  detail  (il.  p.  113)  reveals  a  delicacy  and 
control  of  the  brush  comparable  to  Wang  Hui.  It  also  suggests  the  metamor- 
phic  character  of  the  landscape,  as  in  the  cliffhead  with  a  large  nose  at  the  right. 
Such  an  interest  in  anthropomorphic  forms  in  nature  was  not  just  Chinese  but 
universal.  We  can  cite  the  Great  Stone  Face  in  New  Hampshire,  the  remarks 


90 


Wu  Li 


111 


112 


91  (detail) 


113 


Yun  Shou-p’ing 


tk*\ 


f  **  ;*  %  •*>  i 
4  #  i  j 

*  <L 


3*‘ 


114 


of  Leonardo  on  the  subjects  to  be  found  in  the  worn  and  damaged  surface  of  a 
wall,  or  more  recently  the  metamorphic  landscape  of  Pavel  Tchelitchew  (128, 
il.  p.  112).  That  these  disquieting  forms  were  significant  to  Wu  Li  can  be 
guessed  from  his  paintings  of  the  human-rock  formations  of  Huang  Shan. 
These,  as  well  as  his  strongly,  and  often  tense,  individual  compositions,  link  him 
to  such  more  daring  individualists  as  Shih-t’ao.  Conversely  he  is  far  less  sub¬ 
jective  and  informal  than  the  rebel  artists  and  such  a  composition  as  91  (il.  p. 
112)  attains  a  compact  and  timeless  expression  undreamed  of  by  either  the 
individualists  or  the  orthodox. 

The  Four  Wangs,  Wu  Li,  and  Yun  Shou-p’ing  are  usually  classed  as  the 
Six  Famous  Masters  of  the  Ch’ing  Dynasty,8  the  foremost  exponents  of  ortho¬ 
doxy  deriving  from  Tung  Ch’i-ch’ang.  Yun  Shou-p’ing  is  more  often  thought 
of  as  a  flower  painter,  but  his  landscapes  are  reasonably  numerous.  If  Wu  Li 
was  a  strong  and  individual  variant  of  orthodoxy,  Yun  was  his  suave  and  subtle 
counterpart.  His  large  hanging  scroll  of  juniper,  rock,  bamboo,  and  flowers 
(92,  il.  p.  1 14)  is  one  of  interest  for  several  reasons.  It  can  be  compared  with 
the  Yuan  version  of  a  similar  subject  by  Wu  Chen  (29,  il.  p.  49)  to  fully  un¬ 
derstand  the  later  sensuousness  and  archaism,  more  particular,  more  real,  and 
hence  more  individual  and  less  rational.  Concepts  of  nature’s  principles  fade 
before  the  captivating  charm  of  subdued  color  and  fluent  wash.  The  combina¬ 
tion  of  the  archaistic  roughness  of  the  juniper,  the  delicate  brush  strokes  of 
the  bamboo,  and  the  “boneless”  washes  of  the  flower-leaves,  is  markedly  sophis¬ 
ticated  as  is  the  warm,  golden  patina  of  all  the  painted  parts.  Such  sensuous¬ 
ness  cannot  be  fully  equated  with  the  Four  Wangs,  any  more  than  can  Wu 
Li’s  strangeness.  Both  painters  were  individuals  as  well  as  conformists.  More 
than  a  few  creative  artists  went  all  the  way  of  nonconformity. 


THE  INDIVIDUALISTS 

I  am  always  myself  and  must  naturally  be  present  in  my  work.  The  beards 
and  eyebrows  of  the  old  masters  cannot  grow  on  my  face.  The  lungs  and 
bowels  of  the  old  masters  cannot  be  transferred  to  my  stomach.  I  express 
my  own  lungs  and  bowels  and  show  my  own  beard  and  eyebrows.  If  it 
happens  that  my  work  approaches  that  of  some  old  painter,  it  is  he  who 
comes  close  to  me,  not  I  who  am  imitating  him.  I  have  got  it  by  nature 
and  there  is  no  one  among  the  old  masters  whom  I  cannot  follow  and 
transform.56  — Shih-t’ao 

The  question  is  how  to  find  peace  in  a  world  of  suffering.  You  ask  why  I 
came  hither;  I  cannot  tell  the  reason.  I  am  living  high  up  in  a  tree  and 
looking  down.  Here  I  can  rest  free  from  all  troubles  like  a  bird  in  its  nest. 

People  call  me  a  dangerous  man,  but  I  answer:  “You  are  like  devils.’’57 

— K’un-ts’an 


115 


With  these  writings  and  these  pictures  (93-101)  we  enter  a  radically 
different  world.  In  many  ways  the  styles  of  painting  and  the  attitudes  towards 
past  or  present  of  these  Ch’ing  individualists  were  the  most  extreme  in  the  his- 
tory  of  Chinese  painting  until  modern  times.  While  they  were  just  as  aware 
of  tradition  as  any  of  their  more  conservative  contemporaries,  their  use  of  that 
tradition  was  free  and  original.  In  many  cases  they  went  to  Tung  Ch'i-ch’ang’s 
paintings  rather  than  his  writings,  and  extracted  that  artist's  most  advanced  and 
unusual  approaches  to  form  for  their  own  use  and  development.12  This  is 
particularly  true  of  Chu  Ta  and  Kung  Hsien.  Nearly  all  of  these  men  were, 
in  one  way  or  another,  rebels  in  retirement,  actively  out  of  sympathy  with  the 
new  Dynasty  in  particular  and  the  world  in  general.  In  the  cases  of  Pa-ta-shan- 
jen,  ShihTao,  and  K'un-ts'an,  their  assumed  monk's  names  alone  witness  their 
chosen  path  of  retreat  from  the  world.  Further,  the  first  two  were  connected 
with  Ming  royal  and  princely  lines,  and  the  fall  of  that  Dynasty  in  1644  was 
more  to  them  than  just  a  foreign  triumph.  Their  position,  like  that  of  the 
other,  slightly  later  individualists,  was  well  understood  by  the  new  powers  for 
their  works  are  scarcely  represented  in  the  enormous  Imperial  collections.  While 
they  were  rather  untouchable,  these  individualists  were  not  completely  so,  and 
their  position  of  moral  isolation  was  respected  and  often  admired,  even  by  offi¬ 
cialdom.  We  must  also  remember  that  this  rebellion  and  isolation  was  aesthetic, 
verbal,  and  ethical.  Had  it  spilled  over  these  limitations  there  might  well  have 
been  martyrdom,  like  that  of  a  few  late  Yuan  painters, 

K’un-ts'an  (also  known  as  Shih-cbi)  and  Shih-t'ao  are  usually  considered 
together  as  the  “Two  Stones”  (Shih).11  Their  relationship  is  more  than  that  of 
a  pun  or  a  personal  relationship,  for  among  their  contributions  was  a  mutual 
understanding  of  the  creative  possibilities  of  color.  We  have  already  seen  the 
constructive  use  of  color  by  Wang  Yuan-chi  and  its  sensuous  application  by 
Yun  Shou-p'ing,  but  in  the  case  of  the  Two  Stones  the  use  was  governed 
equally  by  a  desire  for  emotional  expression.  In  the  seventeenth  century,  for 
the  first  time,  we  find  various  artists  experimenting  with  color,  another  index 
of  their  personal  and  visual  approach.  Of  the  Two  Stones,  KJun-t$'an  was  the 
more  specialized.  Nearly  all  of  his  paintings  (93,  ik  p.  117)  have  a  rather  gran¬ 
diose  and  dramatic  view  of  nature  in  movement,  within  and  beyond  the  picture. 
The  trees  and  rocks  dance  and  twist— only  the  two  sages  are  quiescent.  The 
emotive  meaning  of  the  orange  color  used  throughout  the  picture  is  given  by 
the  inscription  which  speaks  of  a  retreat  from  summer  heat  and  of  the  rosy  color 
of  the  light  coming  through  the  clouds  in  the  late  afternoon.  If  any  sources 
for  K'un-tsan's  art  should  be  mentioned,  that  inspiration  would  be  Shen  Chou 
in  such  pictures  as  (53,  ih  p,  78)* 


116 


117 


Mountain  Pines  near  Peking 


118 


The  second  “Stone,”  Shih-t’ao,  is  even  less  traditional  and  more  varied 
than  the  first,  and  this  variety  is  well-represented  here.*  He  seems  at  his  best 
in  the  small,  personal  format  of  the  album  leaf.  Two  of  these,  dated  170S  (96, 
il.  p.  117),  are  not  only  of  interest  for  their  varied  brushwork  and  composition, 
but  because  their  inscriptions  (see  catalog)  are  excellent  statements  of  Shih- 
t’ao’s  unusual  aesthetic  position.74  The  contrast  between  the  soft,  wet  washes 
and  strokes  of  one,  and  the  crisp,  dry  edges  of  the  other  is  evident  and  this  var¬ 
iety  is  carried  out  in  other  leaves  from  the  album  not  in  the  exhibition.  Then 
there  is  the  painting  of  six  years  earlier  (94,  il.  p.  118)  which  uses  a  wonderful 
assymetry  with  warm  color,  a  complete  range  of  brush  stroke,  and  texture.  The 
result  is  a  personal  statement,  but  still  related  to  what  the  eye  sees  of  nature 
(il.  p.  1 18)  in  a  similar  situation.  The  suavity  of  the  painting  goes  well  with  the 
highly  interesting  and  virtuous  inscription  translated  in  the  catalog. 

The  album  of  seven  leaves  (95,  il.  p.  120),  left  from  an  originally  much 
larger  total,  is  of  a  different  nature.  Small  in  size  and  very  sketchy  in  treatment, 
the  pages  were  intended  as  personal  notes  for  a  friend,  based  on  famous  scenes 
throughout  the  country.  They  are,  therefore,  more  specific,  not  only  in  a  de¬ 
scriptive  sense,  but  in  the  sense  of  the  spectator  sharing  an  intimate  experience 
with  the  artist  rather  than  observing  something  presented.  This  intimacy  is 
refreshingly  new.  Leaf  no.  6  (il.  p.  120)  is  of  great  importance  because  of  its 
relatively  complex  use  of  color;  in  addition  to  the  standard  triad,  based  on  red, 
blue,  and  green,  we  have  a  purple  and  a  mixed  blue-green  used  in  small  but 
significant  areas.  The  result  is  comparable  to  as  advanced  a  modern  painter 
as  John  Marin  (127,  il.  p.  120).  Both  pictures  must  be  described  as  water  color 
painting,  with  emphasis  on  the  word  color.  Still  another  album  by  Shih-t’ao 
(97,  il.  p.  121,  122)  is  purely  pictorial  with  no  inscriptions  or  literary  material. 
Again  there  is  a  great  variety  from  a  dry  and  crabbed  handling  of  fantastic  and 
forbidding  rock  forms  to  the  most  dashing  and  fluent  representations  of  nature 
in  various  moods.  The  leaf  with  boat  and  rainstorms  is  extremely  direct  and  im¬ 
mediate  and  has  a  more  than  casual  connection  with  the  equally  torrential  storm 
scene  by  Claude  (121,  il.  p.  123)  where  the  tempest  is  all  water  and  boat  rather 
than  tree  and  land.  The  universality  of  Shih-t’ao  is  due,  in  part,  to  his  free 
and  often  un-Chinese  attitude  toward  the  brush.  Few,  if  any  other  Chinese 
painters  use  the  brush  more  pictorially,  with  relatively  little  emphasis  on  pre¬ 
cision  and  accuracy  of  the  stroke.  His  brush-stroke  method,  or  as  he  would 
say,  “no-method,”58  is  one  of  noncommitment.  Like  a  great  general  he  holds 


•  An  early  Shih-t’ao  handscroll,  dated  1662,  of  Rocks ,  Orchids ,  and  Bamboo  is  in  The  Cleveland  Museum 
of  Art,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  H.  Marlatt  Collection.  (52.589) 


119 


127  John  Marin 


120 


back  until  he  sees  what  is  needed,  and  then  he  supplies  it  to  meet  the  particu¬ 
lar  demand.  “The  method  is  complete  when  it  is  bom  from  the  meaning,  but 
the  method  of  the  meaning  has  never  been  recorded/'  or,  “the  method  which 
consists  in  not  following  any  method  is  the  perfect  method/'66  This  attitude 
governs  the  great  variety  and  universality  of  his  work,  which  includes  one  of 
the  most  interesting  and  unusual  of  all  Chinese  treatises  on  painting,  the  Hua 
Yu  Lu  (Notes  on  Painting )/*  In  this,  as  in  his  painting,  he  goes  directly  to 
the  original  words  of  the  Ch’an  Buddhist  and  Taoist  philosophers  and  starts 
from  them,  brushing  aside  the  intervening  years  of  commentary*  Like  his  pic¬ 
torial  brothers,  the  spontaneous  masters  of  Southern  Sung  (22,  iL  p*  40),  he  is 
frighteningly  direct  and  seemingly  naive*  He  makes  us  think  and  look  anew. 
Study  of  the  old  masters  is  for  him  not  archaism  but  “Pen-hua”:  Transforma- 


121 


97  Tao-chi  (A) 

tions.  Painting  is  merely  painting  to  Shih-t’ao,  Real  painting  is  “I-hua”:  one- 
stroke  painting  in  the  sense  of  relationship  to  the  first,  primordial  stroke  of 
creation. 

The  third  of  these  four  most  famous  seventeenth -century  individualists  is 
the  Chu  Ta  of  imperial  lineage  who  became  Pa-ta-shan-jen,  the  priest.  His 
most  characteristic  works  are  fish,  flower,  bird,  and  rock  pictures,*  but  enough 
of  his  landscapes  remain  to  show  his  originality  and  his  greatness.  The  land¬ 
scape  after  Kuo  Chung-shu  (98,  il.  p.  124)  is  derived  in  some  of  its  parts,  notably 
the  trees  at  the  lower  right,  from  Tung  Ch'i-ch’ang.  But  from  there  on  into 

*  A  characteristic  scroll,  Fish  and  Rocks,  is  in  The  Cleveland  Museum  of  Art*  John  L*  Severance  Collec¬ 
tion.  (53*247) 


122 


121  Claude  Geflee  (Claude  Lorram) 


the  picture  a  bolder  and  more  accomplished  hand  takes  over.  Kuo  was  a  rare 
northern  Sung  master  and  we  have  nothing  to  go  by  in  determining  the  extent 
of  Chu  Ta’s  dependence.  As  we  look  we  can  feel  safe  in  assuming  there  is  very 
little.  Chu  has  achieved  monumentality  in  size  and  scale  with  the  great  twisting 
movement  of  his  cliff  capped  by  the  two  peaks  beyond.  The  view  past  the  cliff 
at  the  left  is  not  new  in  itself,  but  its  pictorial  and  abstract  validity  is.  His 
metier  is  not  color  or  wrash  but  linear  and  calligraphic  brush  strokes.  The 
second  hanging  scroll  (99,  il.  p.  1 25)  is  a  colored  and  calmer  view  of  flat  islands 
and  distant  shore  in  which  the  musical  play  of  the  brush  is  particularly  delight¬ 
ful.  The  fatness  and  cleanness  of  this  brush-play  is  characteristic  from  the 
largest  scrolls  to  the  tiniest  album  leaf.  The  landscapes  of  Pa-ta-shan-jen,  un¬ 
like  those  of  his  three  parallel  masters,  seem  more  rational  and  less  sensuous  in 
general  effect.  What  sensuous  quality  exists  is  to  the  Chinese  one  of  the  most 
sensuous  of  all  qualities,  the  brush  stroke.  But  to  us  he  must  seem  a  more  pur¬ 
posefully  abstract  and  constructivist  master  than  the  others. 


123 


124 


125 


The  last  of  the  four  is  Kung  Hsien,  no  priest  but  nevertheless  a  recluse, 
a  cultivator  of  his  own  garden,  and  a  painter,  Kung  seems  the  most  limited  of 
the  individualists  in  terms  of  mood  and  general  pictorial  appearance.  Perhaps, 
unlike  Shih-t'ao,  he  had  a  method,  for  in  addition  to  authoring  a  critical  trea¬ 
tise,  he  also  prepared  a  manual  for  painters.  The  long  handscroll  (100)  and 
the  sequential  album  (10T  il-  p.  126)  are  typical,  although  the  album  has  a  few 
unusual  quiet  and  lacy  pages.  The  illustration  shows  Kung’s  characteristic  dark 
and  ghostly  view  of  nature.  He  depends  upon  a  heavy  massing  and  glazing  of 
ink,  perhaps  more  so  than  any  other  Chinese  painter.  In  these  masses  he  places 
sudden  appearances  of  ribbons  and  patches  of  light  like  wraiths  before  his  night 
world.  The  gloomy  drama  of  his  landscapes  is  strangely  Western  as  is  his  sys¬ 
tematic  massing  of  similar  brush  strokes  and  the  almost  completely  covered 
surface  of  his  paper.  The  interest  in  light  as  a  true  pictorial  phenomenon  is 
apparently  a  development  of  later  Chinese  painting. 

The  measure  of  the  originality  of  these  and  other  individualists  is  the 
ease  with  which  we  recognize  their  personal  styles  and  instantly  separate  them 
from  the  styles  of  nearly  all  other  Chinese  landscape  painters.  Their  unique¬ 
ness  is  also  a  snare  since  their  manner  is  so  distinctive  that  it  can  be  superficially 
reproduced  with  considerable  ease.  To  reproduce  their  touch  is  another  matter, 
as  it  is  with  a  Rembrandt  or  a  Renoir,  Who  can  justify  such  an  interest  in  later 
painting?  Even  in  traditional  China  the  trace  and  touch  of  the  individual  be¬ 
came  more  and  more  important,  culminating  in  these  and  other  painters  of  the 
seventeenth  and  eighteenth  centuries. 


126 


127 


102  (detail)  Hsiao  Yun-ts’ung 


103  Hsiao  Yun-ts’ung 


The  importance  of  local  geographic  factors,  including  physical  isolation 
and  environment,  is  always  present  in  Chinese  painting.  Con  tag  has  stressed  the 
importance  of  local  collections  of  paintings  and  the  local  landscape  in  the  for¬ 
mation  of  an  artist’s  style;13  and  for  this  reason  the  standard  Chinese  histories 
of  Chinese  painting  tend  to  a  rather  too  neat  geographic  basis  of  classification; 
“The  Four  Masters  of  Anhui;”  “The  Eight  Masters  of  Nanking;”  “The  Strange 
Masters  of  Yangchou.”  But  this  over-emphasis  should  not  lead  us  to  overlook 
the  partial  validity  of  the  geographic  idea.  Anhui  province,  south  and  west  of 
the  usual  school  centers,  is  a  case  in  point.  Two  Anhui  men  of  late  Ming  and 
early  Ch’ing  stand  apart  as  individuals  with  unusual  but  related  styles.  Hung 
Jen,  a  priest-recluse,  died  before  Hsiao  Yun-ts’ung,  but  was  his  pupil.  The  stu¬ 
dent  became  more  famous  than  the  master.  Both  are  very  much  worth  atten¬ 
tion.  Hsiao  is  represented  by  one  of  his  masterpieces,  a  long  handscroll  of  Clear 
Sounds  among  Hills  and  Water  (102,  il.  p.  127)  and  a  perfect  example  of  his 
late  style,  a  small  fan  (103,  il.  p.  128)  painted  a  year  before  his  death.  Clear 
Sounds  is  dated  1664  and  is  a  composition  based  on  free-swinging  rhythms  and 
cool,  crisp  color.  The  variety  of  landscape  representation  aids  the  uniformity  of 
the  brushwork  system  based  on  angles  and  arcs.  The  clear,  sharp,  almost  tart, 
flavor  of  the  scroll,  like  that  of  high  mountain  country,  must  have  impressed  the 
eighteenth-century  scholar,  Shen  Feng,  who  chose  the  title.  The  second  work  is 
thinner  and  more  delicate,  in  part  because  it  is  a  fan,  but  also  because  of  the 
intervention  of  the  pure  and  cold  style  of  the  dead  pupil,  Hung  Jen.  The  com- 


128 


104 


Hung-|en 


129 


105  Ch’a  Shih-piao 


130 


109  Mei  Ch'ing 

position  is,  however,  extremely  bold,  in  keeping  with  the  fantastic  legend  of  the 
subject:  the  magical  land  of  flowering  orchards  found  by  a  wandering  fisherman. 

Hung  Jen  does  to  Hsiao’s  style  what  Chao  Meng-fu  did  to  Li  Ch’eng 
(26).  He  deletes  the  color  and  flesh  of  the  style  and  leaves  only  the  bare  bones. 
Of  course  Hung  is  also  an  ardent  admirer  of  Ni  Tsan  (31,  il.  p.  62)  and  the 
large  hanging  scroll  (104,  il.  p.  129)  is  even  more  a  tribute  to  his  spiritual  god¬ 
father  Ni  than  to  his  actual  master  Hsiao.  The  most  crystalline  and  angular 
treatment  possible  produces  a  calculated  air  of  unreality  and  refinement,  as 
if  one  were  in  the  thinnest  air  of  the  highest  mountains.  The  spare  details  are 
wedded  to  a  delicate  touch  and  a  large  scale  composition.  His  use  of  the  old  de¬ 
vice  of  flat  planes,  overlapped  and  receding  into  space,  relates  the  details  to  the 
picture  surface  and  gives  a  large  effect  that  belies  the  thin  and  delicate  brush- 
work.  Hung  Jen’s  style  is  an  essence  of  an  essence,  refined  to  the  breaking  point 
and  always  on  the  verge  of  disappearance.  But  it  seldom  fails  and  the  end  pro¬ 
duct  if  specialized  is  fine  and  rare. 

Another  product  of  Anhui,  Ch’a  Shih-piao  (105,  il.  p.  130)  is  more  tra¬ 
ditional  and  more  approachable.  His  abbreviating  and  free-flowing  brush  is 


131 


108  Mei  Ch’ing 

used  to  produce  scenes  with  an  immediate  impact  of  great  physical  charm,  often 
in  an  almost  full  water-color  technique.  The  last  of  these  individualists,  Mei 
Ch’ing,  seems  less  concerned  with  brush  virtuosity  and  more  with  the  Yellow 
Mountains  in  his  native  Anhui.  Most  of  his  albums  are  made  up  of  scenes  from 
this  range  executed  “in  the  style  of”  various  earlier  painters.  The  two  albums 
(108,  il.  page  132;  109,  il.  p.  131)  present  considerable  variety  in  subject  and 
quality.  Mei  is  at  his  best  in  more  complex  organizations  such  as  109,  where  the 
rolling,  rococo  movement  of  pine  trees,  leaves,  waterfall,  and  rocks,  not  unlike 
the  movements  of  a  Fragonard  drawing  (124,  il.  p.  133),  successfully  overrides 
his  brush.  The  apparently  common  idea  of  metamorphosis,  as  found  in  Wu  Li 
and  others,  is  found  here  too.  Is  the  man  in  the  foreground  a  rock  that  looks 
like  a  man,  or  a  man  sitting  like  a  rock?  Both  albums  are  achievements  in  scale 
reduction.  For  Mei  Ch’ing  the  landscape  is  reduced  to  small  rhythmical  motifs 
and  repetitions:  trees  are  like  flowers,  mountains  like  rocks,  etc.  While  he  re- 


132 


124  Jean  Honore  Fragonard 


minds  us  at  times  of  Shih-t’ao,  he  does  not  possess  the  amazing  inventive  fecun¬ 
dity  of  that  artist.  Mei  invented  some  six  or  eight  motifs  and  varied  them  ad 
infinitum.  For  Shih-t’ao  every  picture  is  an  invention.  Mei  Ch’ing’s  works  are 
very  special  concoctions,  not  for  constant  use,  but  well  worth  knowing. 

As  in  the  case  of  the  orthodox  painters  and  the  academicians,  the 
eighteenth  century  produced  fewer  individualists  of  great  intrinsic  worth,  but 
those  few  are  quite  up  to  the  high  levels  of  the  preceding  century.  Most  of  these 
interesting  personalities  are  included  in  the  “Strange  Masters  of  Yangchou,” 
from  the  city  where  they  were  born  or  to  which  they  migrated.  Hua  Yen  is 
one  of  these  and  at  his  best,  as  in  the  famous  Conversation  in  Autumn,  dated 
1732  (110,  il.  p.  134),  is  a  stunning  painter.  He  is  not  only  a  brush  virtuoso, 
but  a  colorist  and  a  pictorial  organizer.  The  twisted  rocks  below  are  height¬ 
ened  in  their  tone  and  movement  as  counterpoint  to  the  tall  mountains  washed 
with  color  in  the  “boneless”  manner.  There  are  innumerable  telling  contrasts 
of  wet  wash,  dry  texture,  and  crisp,  small  strokes  that  seem  as  if  flicked  upon 
the  paper  (il.  p.  135).  The  viewer  feels  the  hand  of  the  artist  as  it  literally 
flies  over  the  paper.  As  much  as  any  painting  in  the  exhibition,  this  one  has 
touch  and  it  should  be  compared  with  the  fifteenth  century  Tu  Chin  (42,  il.  p. 
66)  for  the  same  spirit  in  a  different  age.  Hua  Yen’s  brushwork  is  buttressed  by 
a  strong  sense  of  structure  as  in  the  pierced  tree  trunk  at  the  left,  or  in  the 
larger  organization  by  contrast  of  excitement  below  and  tranquillity  above. 
Diversified  but  integrated,  Conversation  in  Autumn  is  a  completely  satisfying  pic¬ 
ture.  His  later  compositions  are  often  more  carefully  handled  but  even  more 
original  in  composition.  The  Enjoyment  of  Chrysanthemums  (111,  il.  p.  136) 
uses  this  later  interest  in  off-balance  compositions  with  an  unusual  representa- 


133 


110  Hua  Yen 


134 


110  (detail) 


135 


Ill 


Hua  Yen 


112 


Chin  Nung 


136 


113  Huang  Shen 


tion  of  a  highly  literary  activity:  the  tranquil  scholar  with  his  books  and  his 
flowers  in  the  midst  of  garden-like  nature. 

Chin  Nung  is  a  far  "stranger”  Yangchou  scholar- pain  ter,  a  priest  with 
bizarre  pictorial  tendencies  that  go  farther  from  the  norm  than  those  of  any 
of  the  individualists.  The  Honolulu  album,  dated  1759  (112,  il.  p.  136),  is  a 
rare  thing,  a  “sketch”  album  with  free  notations  which  could  be  used  later  in 
more  developed  form.4  We  read  of  sketches  from  nature,  but  few  of  these  have 
come  down  from  important  painters.  Aside  from  the  evidently  unusual  com¬ 
positions,  we  are  aware  that  strong  linear  elements  dominate  in  the  sketch 
much  more  than  in  final  versions  by  Chin.  These  latter  are  free,  too,  but  use 
washes  of  undulating  color  to  supplement  the  more  varied  lines.  The  quality 
of  the  sketches  is  rather  close  to  that  of  the  "intimist”  drawings  of  Bonnard  or 
Vuillard.  Even  his  contemporaries  called  Chin  Nung  “most  peculiar”  or  “quite 


137 


115 


startling,”  but  the  illustrated  painting  seems  as  warm  and  sensitive  as  the  poem 
written  on  it: 

The  lotus  has  bloomed, 

Hushed  is  the  pool. 

Early  arrived  the  new  chill  .  .  . 

How  many  blue-winged  dragon  flies  are  there? 

Six,  six  water-windows  open  wide, 

Breeze  drifts  under  the  fan, 

Remember  here,  sitting  with  her  .  .  .  those  slender  fingers  peeling  lotus 
seeds  .  .  . 

— tr.  Gustav  Ecke 

Chin  Nung  is  a  highly  serious  artist,  even  in  the  sketch  medium.  Huang 
Shen  has  a  touch  of  humor  transmitted  with  a  nervous,  flying  touch.  In  his 
album  (113,  il.  p.  137)  we  see  him  as  a  kind  of  “sport”  descendant  of  the  Che 
School.  His  fluttering  brushwork  is  usually  used  for  figure  painting,  but  in 
the  landscapes  he  gives  it  even  freer  rein  and  so  the  outlines  and  wrinkles  of 
the  rocks  seem  to  dance  in  a  syncopated  way.  His  exaggeration  and  his  humor 
evidently  puzzled  his  countrymen  who  called  him  “too  extravagant”  and  “lack¬ 
ing  refined  beauty  and  harmonious  ease.”57  Perhaps  this  explains  why  his 
best  pictures  are  to  be  found  in  Japan  where  the  extremes  are  more  easily  ac¬ 
ceptable. 


138 


Chang  Tao-wu 


With  these  after  all  not-so-strange  masters,  one  nears  the  end  of  creative 
landscape  production.  An  orthodox  painter  like  Li  Shih-cho  may  occasionally 
produce  a  striking  example  of  dry  brushwork  in  a  bizarre  and  angular  compo¬ 
sition  which  is  almost  a  play  on  the  similarity  of  dry  and  crumbly  textures  in 
nature:  water  foam,  crumbling  rock,  and  rotting  tree  (114,  il.  p.  140).  Or  an 
unknown,  sad,  and  unsuccessful  scholar,  Chang  Tao-wu,  will  take  a  hack¬ 
neyed  seasonal  subject,  blossom  time,  and  contribute  a  fresh  and  charming 
handscroll  (1 15,  il.  p.  138).  But  by  1800  landscape  and  all  painting  has  run  dry 
in  theme,  technique,  and  mood.  And  so  the  last  of  our  talented  painters,  Ch’ien 
Tu  (117,  il.  p.  141),  living  on  to  1844,  sets  himself  a  limited  scale  of  dry  brush- 
work  within  a  severely  limited  size  and  so  is  able  to  keep  touch  and  breath  alive 
—just  barely.  He  is  a  miniaturist  with  absolute  command  within  his  tiny  range 
and  his  dense  and  tight  view  of  nature  seems  terribly  introspective,  slightly 
twisted,  and  carefully  censored.  The  dry-rot  of  latter  day  Imperial  China  re¬ 
quired  Ch’ien  Tu’s  traditional  scholarly  response:  cultivate  your  garden,  avoid 
the  dusty  crowd.  He  was  enough  an  artist  to  turn  the  dryness  into  style,  but 
even  his  contribution  is  minuscule  in  the  depressing  light  of  the  beginning  time 
of  troubles.  The  Chinese  view  of  nature  was  still  a  valid  one  and  its  pictorial 
expression  depended  upon  other  new  and  individual  replies  but  exhaustion 
made  no  answer. 


139 


114 


Li  Shih-cho 


140 


117 


Ch’ien  Tu 


141 


SELECTED  BIBLIOGRAPHY 


1.  Ludwig  Bachhofer,  A  Short  History  of  Chinese 
Art ,  New  York,  1946. 

2.  Ludwig  Bachhofer,  "Chinese  Landscape  Paint* 
mg  in  the  Eighth  Century,”  Burlington  Magazine , 
November,  1935. 

3*  Chhen  Yuan,  "Wu  Yu-shan,”  Monumenta 
Serica ,  Vol.  Ill,  1937-1938. 

4.  Chou  Ling,  "Introduction  au  pay  sage  chinois,” 
Phoebus,  Vol.  II,  No.  3,  1949. 

5.  Sir  Kenneth  Clark,  “An  Englishman  Looks 
at  Chinese  Painting,”  The  Architectural  Review , 
July,  1947. 

6.  William  Cbhn,  Chinese  Painting,  London, 
1948. 

7.  Victoria  Con  tag,  "Tung  Ch'i-ch’ang’s  Hua 
Ch  an  Shih  Sui  Pi  und  das  Hua  Shuo  des  Mo 
Shihdung,"  Ostasiatische  Zeitschrift,  1933. 

8.  Victoria  Contag,  Die  Seeks  Beruhmten  Mater 
der  Ch'ing-Dynastie,  Leipzig,  1940. 

9.  Victoria  Contag,  “Schriftcharakteristiken  in 
der  Malerei  dargestellt  an  Bildern  Wang  Mengs 
und  anderen  Maler  der  Sudschule,”  Ostasiatische 
Zeitschrift,  1941,  27.  Jahrgang,  Heft 

10.  Victoria  Contag,  Chinesische  Malerei  der 
letzten  vier  Jahrhunderte,  Ausstellung  in  Museum 
fur  Kunst  und  Gewerbe,  Hamburg,  1949-1950, 

1L  Victoria  Contag,  Die  Beiden  Steine,  Braun¬ 
schweig,  1950. 

12.  Victoria  Contag,  "The  Unique  Characteristics 
of  Chinese  Landscape  Pictures,"  Archives  of  the 
Chinese  Art  Society,  VI,  1952, 

13.  Victoria  Contag  and  Wang  Cht-ch’uan, 
Maler-  und  Samm ler-S te mp el  aus  der  Ming -  und 
Ch*ing-Zeit ,  Shanghai,  1940, 

14.  Ernst  Diez,  Shan  Shui,  Die  Chinesische  Land- 
schaftsmalerei,  Vienna,  1943. 

15.  Lucy  Driscoll  and  Kenji  Toda,  Chinese 
Calligraphy,  Chicago,  1935. 

16.  j,  J.  Dubose  and  L.  Sickman,  Great  Chinese 
Painters  of  the  Ming  and  Ch'ing  Dynasties,  New 
York,  1949.  Wildenstein  Exhibition  Catalogue. 

17.  Gustav  Ecke,  "Comments  on  Calligraphies 
and  Paintings,"  Monumenta  S erica,  Vol.  Ill,  1957- 
1938, 

18.  John  C.  Ferguson,  "Chinese  Landscapists,” 
Asia  Major:  Hirth  Anniversary  Volume,  London, 
1923. 

19.  John  C.  Ferguson,  Chinese  Painting,  Chicago, 
1927. 

20.  Otto  Fischer,  “Die  Entwricklung  der  Raum 
darstellung  In  der  Chinesische  Kunst,”  Ostasia¬ 
tische  Zeitschrift,  II,  1913-14, 

21.  Otto  Fischer,  Chinesische  Landschaftsmalerei, 
Munchen,  192L 

22.  Otto  Fischer,  Die  Chinesische  Malerei  der 
Han-Dynastie,  Berlin,  193L 

23.  H.  A.  Giles,  A  Short  Biographical  Dictionary , 
London,  1898. 

24.  H.  A.  Giles,  An  Introduction  to  the  History 
of  Chinese  Pictorial  Art,  Rev.  ed.,  London,  1918. 

25.  Ernst  Grasse,  Die  Ostasiatische  Tuschmalerei , 
Berlin,  1923. 

26.  Binzan  Harada,  Shinn  Meigwa  Hokan:  A 
Pageant  of  Chinese  Painting ,  Tokyo,  1936. 


27.  Illustrated  Catalogue  of  Chinese  Government 
Exhibits  for  the  International  Exposition  of 
Chinese  Art  in  London,  Shanghai,  1936,  Vol,  III, 

28.  Soame  jenyns,  A  Background  to  Chinese 
Painting,  London,  1935. 

29.  Ku  Rung:  Vols.  1-43.  Palace  Museum,  Peking, 
1929-1936. 

30.  Ku  Rung  Shu  Hua  Chi :  Collection  of  Cal¬ 
ligraphic*  and  Paintings  in  the  Palace  Museum, 
Peiping,  1929-35.  45  Vols. 

31.  Kuo  Hsi,  An  Essay  on  Landscape  Painting, 
London,  1936.  Translated  by  S,  Sakanishi:  Wisdom 
of  the  East  Series. 

32.  Ku  Teng,  "Tuschespieie,”  Ostasiatische 
Zeitschrift,  1932- 

33.  Berthold  Laufer,  "The  Wang-chuan  t'u,  a 
Landscape  of  Wang  Wei,”  Ostasiatische  Zeitschrift, 
1931. 

34.  Aschwin  Lippe,  "Enjoying  the  Moon,” 
Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art  Bulletin,  May,  1951. 

35.  Aschwin  Lippe,  “A  Christian  Chinese 
Painter,”  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art  Bulletin, 
December,  1952. 

36.  Aschwin  Lippe,  "Waterfall  by  Chu  Chieh,” 
Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art  Bulletin,  November, 
1953, 

37.  Benjamin  March,  "Linear  Perspective  in 
Chinese  Painting,”  Eastern  Art,  III,  1931. 

38.  Benjamin  March,  Some  Technical  Terms  of 
Chinese  Painting,  Baltimore,  1935. 

39.  E.  Matsumoto,  "On  the  Eastward  Propagation 
of  the  Indian  Method  of  Mountain  Portrayal,” 
Rokka ,  No.  618. 

40.  Prudence  Myer,  Landscape  Elements  in  the 
Earlier  Caves  at  Tun-huang,  A  thesis  accepted  by 
the  Institute  of  Fine  Arts  of  NewT  York  University, 
1947-1948.  Digest  published  in  Marsyas,  Vol.  V, 
1947-1949. 

41.  Paul  Pelliot,  Les  groties  de  Touen  Houang, 
Paris,  1914-24,  Six  portfolios. 

42.  Raphael  Petrucci,  La  philosophic  de  la 
nature  dans  Tart  d’ Extreme-Orient,  Paris,  1910. 

43.  Raphael  Petrucci,  Encyclopedia  de  la  pein- 
ture  chinoise:  Riai-tseu-yuan  houa  tchouan,  Paris, 
1918. 

44.  Alan  Priest,  "Southern  Sung  Landscapes: 
The  Horizontal  Scrolls,”  Metropolitan  Museum  of 
Art  Bulletin,  March,  1950, 

45.  Alan  Priest,  "Southern  Sung  Landscapes: 
The  Album  Leaves,”  Metropolitan  Museum  of 
Art  Bulletin,  April,  1950, 

46.  Alan  Priest,  "Southern  Sung  Landscapes:  The 
Hanging  Scrolls,"  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art 
Bulletin,  February,  1950. 

47.  Alan  Priest,  "Landscapes:  Green  and  Blue," 
Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art  Bulletin,  March, 
1951. 

48.  Benjamin  Rowland,  "The  Problem  of  Hui 
Tsung,”  Archives  of  the  Chinese  Art  Society  of 
America,  V,  1951, 

49.  George  Rowley,  Principles  of  Chinese  Paint¬ 
ing,  Princeton,  1947. 


142 


50*  Richard  Rudolph  and  Wen  Yu,  Han  Tomb 
Art  of  West  China,  Berkeley  and  Los  Angeles, 

1951. 

51.  Shio  Sakanishi,  The  Spirit  of  the  Brush , 
London,  1939. 

52.  S*  Shimada  and  Y.  Yonezawa,  Painting  of 
Sung  and  Yuan  Dynasties,  Tokyo,  1952. 

53.  Shina  Nangwa  Taisei ,  Tokyo,  1926.  (Nan 
Hua  Ta  Chien). 

54.  Osvald  Siren,  Chinese  Paintings  in  American 
Collections,  London,  1927-28,  two  portfolios* 

55.  Osvald  Siren,  A  History  of  Early  Chinese 

Painting,  London,  1933,  two  volumes. 

56.  Osvald  Siren,  The  Chinese  on  the  Art  of 

Painting ,  Peiping,  1936* 

57.  Osvald  Siren,  A  History  of  Later  Chinese 

Painting ,  London,  1938,  two  volumes. 

58.  Osvald  Siren,  "Shih-t'ao,  Painter,  Poet,  and 
Theoretician T”  Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Far 
Eastern  Antiquities,  Stockholm ,  No.  21,  1949. 

59.  Sogen  Minshin  Meigwa  Taikan  (Collection 
of  Famous  Paintings  of  the  Sung,  Yuan,  Ming  and 
Ch'ing  Dynasties),  Tokyo,  1931, 

60.  Alexander  C*  Soper,  "Early  Chinese  Land- 

scape  Painting,"  Art  Bulletin,  XX1I1,  1941. 

61*  Alexander  C,  Soper,  ‘‘The  First  Two  Laws  of 
Hsieh  Ho/'  The  Far  Eastern  Quarterly,  August, 
1949. 

62.  Alexander  C.  Soper,  Kuo  Jo-hsu’s  Experiences 
in  Painting,  Washington,  1951. 

63.  Soraikwan  Kinsho:  Chinese  Paintings  in  the 
Collection  of  Abe  Fusajiro,  Osaka,  1930  ff*  Six 
volumes.  Two  pts. 

64*  Werner  Speiser,  "Die  Yuan — Klassik  der 
Landschaftstnalerei/*  Qstasiatische  Zeitschrift,  1931. 

65.  Werner  Speiser,  "T'ang  Yin,”  Qstasiatische 
Zeitschrift,  1935. 

66.  Werner  Speiser,  Meisterwerke  Chinesiscker 
Malerei,  Berlin,  1947. 

67.  Michael  Sullivan,  "On  the  Origin  of  Land¬ 
scape  Representation  in  Chinese  Art,"  Archives 
of  the  Chinese  Art  Society  of  America,  VII,  1953. 

68.  Michael  Sullivan,  "Pictorial  Art  and  the 
Attitude  Toward  Nature  in  Ancient  China,”  Art 
Bulletin,  March*  1954. 

69.  Sei-ichi  Taki,  Three  Essays  on  Oriental 
Painting,  London,  1910* 


70*  Teng  Ku,  "Einfuhrung  in  die  Geschichte  der 
Malerei  Chinas,"  Sinica,  X,  1935* 

71.  Kojiro  Tomita,  Portfolio  of  Chinese  Paint¬ 
ings  in  the  Boston  Museum  of  Fine  Arts  (Han  to 
Sung),  Second  rev.  ed.  Cambridge  (Mass.),  1938* 

72.  Kojiro  Tomita,  "Snowscape  by  Shih  Chung,” 
Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  April,  1940. 

73.  Kojiro  Tomita  and  Kaiming  Chiu,  "An 
Album  of  Landscapes  and  Poems  by  Shen  Chou 
(1427-1509),”  Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Fine 
Arts,  June,  1948. 

74*  Kojiro  Tomita  and  Kaiming  Chiu,  " Album 
of  Twelve  Landscapes  by  Tao-chi  (Shih-t'ao), " 
Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  October, 
1949* 

75*  Kojiro  Tomita  and  Kaiming  Chiu,  “Album 
of  Six  Chinese  Paintings  Dated  1618,  by  LI  Liu- 
fang  (1575-1629),"  Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Fine 
Arts,  June,  1950* 

76.  To-so  Gen-min  meigwa  tai  kwan:  Catalogue 
of  Exhibition  of  Chinese  Paintings  of  the  T'ang, 
Sung,  Yuan  and  Ming  Periods,  Tokyo  Imperial 
Museum,  1928,  Tokyo,  1930.  Four  volumes. 

77.  Irene  Vincent,  The  Sacred  Oasis ;  Caves  of 
the  Thousand  Buddhas,  Tun  Hwang,  with  a  pre¬ 
face  by  Pearl  Buck,  Chicago,  1953. 

78.  Arthur  Waley,  An  Index  of  Chinese  Artists, 
London,  1922*  ("Erganzimgen  zu  Waley ’s  Index," 
by  Werner  Speiser,  Ostasiatiscke  Zeitschrift,  1931 
and  1938). 

79.  Arthur  Waley,  An  Introduction  to  the  Study 
of  Chinese  Painting,  London,  1923. 

80.  A.  G.  Wenley,  "The  Question  of  the  Fo¬ 
shan  Hsiang- lu,"  Archives  of  the  Chinese  Art 
Society  of  America,  III*  1948-49. 

81.  Chiang  Yee,  The  Chinese  Eye,  London,  1936* 

82.  Chiang  Yee,  Chinese  Calligraphy,  London, 
1938* 

83.  T'ang  Sung  I-lai  Ming-hua-chi,  two  volumes. 
Catalog  of  the  Chang  Ts’ung-yu  Collection* 

84.  J.  Tamura  and  Y.  Kobayashi,  Tomb  and 
Mural  Paintings  of  Ching  Ling ,  Kyoto,  1952. 

85.  Sherman  E,  Lee,  "The  Story  of  Chinese 
Painting,"  Art  Quarterly ,  Winter,  1948. 

86.  Louise  W*  Hackney  and  Yau  Chang-foo,  A 
Study  of  Chinese  Paintings  in  the  Collection  of  Ada 
Small  Moore,  London,  New  York,  Toronto,  1940. 


143 


CATALOG* 


1.  EWER,  il.  p.  11. 

Bronze  with  incised  decoration  of  figures  in  a 
landscape;  H.  3";  W.  8i/£";  D.  9i/2".  Reputedly 
from  Ch’ang  Sha,  Late  Chou  Period  (5th-3rd  c. 
B.C.).  Publ:  Bibl.  68. 

Lent  by  Seattle  Art  Museum,  Eugene  Fuller  Mem¬ 
orial  Collection. 

2.  TOMB  TILE,  il.  title  page. 

Terra  cotta  with  stamped  designs;  H.  14";  W. 
3'  5i/£".  Later  Han  Dynasty  (A.D.  2nd-3rd  c.).  The 
Cleveland  Museum  of  Art,  Gift  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Ralph  King. 

3.  RURAL  LANDSCAPE  SCENE,  il.  p. 

12. 

Rubbing  of  a  tomb  tile,  the  original  of  molded 
clay;  H.  I614";  W.  181/J".  From  Cheng-tu,  Szech¬ 
uan;  Han  Dynasty  (206  B.C.-A.D.  220).  Publ:  Bibl. 
50,  p.  32,  pi.  76. 

Lent  by  Dr.  Richard  Rudolph,  Los  Angeles. 

4.  “HILL  JAR/*  il.  p.  12. 

Hard  reddish  pottery  cylinder  on  three  feet,  lead 
glaze;  H.  lOi/J";  D.  IO94".  Han  Dynasty  (206  B.C.- 
A.D.  220).  The  Cleveland  Museum  ot  Art,  J.  H. 
Wade  Collection. 

5.  PAINTED  TOMB  TILE,  il.  p.  13. 

Black  and  red  color  on  slip  over  gray  earthen¬ 
ware;  L.  41";  H.  8i/£".  Late  Han  or  Early  Six 
Dynasties  (3rd-5th  c.).  Publ:  Bibl.  67.  The  Cleve¬ 
land  Museum  of  Art,  Gift  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Nasli 
M.  Heeramaneck. 

6.  CUP,  il.  p.  14. 

Bronze  with  incised  landscape  design;  H.  3i4"; 
D.  4".  Early  Six  Dynasties  Period  (4th-6th  c.). 
Lent  by  Mrs.  Walter  Sedgwick,  London. 

WANG  WEI  (Yu-ch’eng),  698-759,  Shansi- 
Honan 

7.  WANG  CHUAN,  il.  p.  18. 

Handscroll;  ink  and  color  on  silk;  L.  15'  9i/£"; 
W.  lime".  Late  Ming  or  Early  Ch’ing  copy.  The 
colophons  are  reproductions. 


•  The  artist’s  usual  name  is  given  first  with  his 
most  common  by-name  in  parentheses.  His  dates 
are  followed  by  his  place  of  birth  or  activity, 
where  known.  The  seal  and  colophon  information 
varies  from  relatively  complete  to  incomplete, 
depending  upon  time,  availability,  and  significance. 
No  effort  has  been  made  to  include  every  instance 
of  publication  or  reproduction.  The  abbreviation 
C  &  W  refers  to  Bibl.  13,  the  most  available 
reference  on  artists’  and  collectors’  seals  of  the 
Ming  and  Ch’ing  periods.  In  most  cases  the  page 
referred  to  has  an  identical  or  comparable  seal 
to  those  on  the  exhibits. 


Lent  by  Seattle  Art  Museum,  Eugene  Fuller  Me¬ 
morial  Collection. 


ANONYMOUS 

8.  SCENES  FROM  THE  EARLY  LIFE 
OF  THE  BUDDHA  (THE  EPISODE  OF 
THE  ARCHERY  CONTEST),  not  il. 

Fragment  of  a  border  of  a  large  mandala;  ink 
and  color  on  silk;  H.  2Si/$";  W.  7i/£".  From  Tun 
Huang;  10th  c.  Publ:  Tonko  ga,  vol.  2,  pi.  LXXV, 
left. 

Lent  by  Musfe  Guimet,  Paris. 

ANONYMOUS 

9.  THE  MIRACLES  OF  AVALOKITES- 
VARA,  il.  p.  16. 

Votive  painting;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  H. 
32s4";  W.  25".  From  Tun  Huang;  dated  943. 
Publ:  Tonko-ga,  vol.  2,  pi.  XLI,  right. 

Lent  by  Mus£e  Guimet,  Paris. 

ANONYMOUS 

10.  THE  TRIBUTE  HORSE,  il.  p.  20. 

Originally  a  hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on 
silk;  H.  32s4";  W.  443,4".  lOth-llth  a  Publ: 
Bulletin  of  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art, 
October,  1 943. 

Lent  by  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  New 
York. 

ANONYMOUS 

1 1.  BUDDHIST  TEMPLE  IN  THE 
HILLS  AFTER  RAIN,  il.  p.  22. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  very  slight  color  on  silk; 
slightly  cut  down;  H.  44";  W.  22".  Northern  Sung 
Dynasty  (960-1127).  Ex.Coll:  Imperial  collection 
of  a  12th  c.  Sung  Emperor;  Liang  Ch’ing-piao 
(1620-1691);  Hsu  Ch’ien-hsueh  (1631-1694);  Miao 
Yueh-tsao  (1682-1761);  Miao  Tsun-i,  son  of  Miao 
Yueh-tsao;  Shen  Shu-jung  (1832-1873). 

Lent  by  Nelson  Gallery  of  Art  and  Atkins  Museum, 
Kansas  City,  Missouri. 

ATTRIBUTED  TO  HSU  TAO-NING,  act. 
10th  c.,  Ho-chien — Ch’ang-an,  Honan. 

12.  FISHING  IN  A  MOUNTAIN 
STREAM,  il.  p.  24. 

Handscroll;  ink  on  silk;  L.  82i/£";  W.  19". 
Northern  Sung  Dynasty  (960-1127).  25  seals  in¬ 
cluding  10  of  Keng  Chao-chung  (1640-1686),  C  & 
W.,  p.  564;  1  of  Prince  I  (See  Cat.  31);  and  2  of 
An  Ch’i  (1683-ca.  1742).  Recorded:  Ta  Kuan  Lu, 
XIII/25.  Publ:  /  Lin  Yueh  K’an,  nos.  53  and  54. 
Lent  by  Nelson  Gallery  of  Art  and  Atkins  Museum, 
Kansas  City,  Missouri. 


144 


ATTRIBUTED  TO  KUO  HSI  (Ho-yang)* 
ca.  1020-90*  Honan. 

1 3.  MOUNTAIN  LANDSCAPE,  il*  p*  26. 

Handscroll;  ink  on  silk;  L.  15'  9i4";  W.  21%/'* 
There  is  possibly  the  seal  of  the  Sung  Emperor, 
Hsi  Sung  Publ;  Bibl.  1,  fig,  99;  Bibl.  6f  fig,  51* 
Lent  by  The  Toledo  Museum  of  Art. 

ANONYMOUS 

1 4.  STREAMS  AND  MOUNTAINS 
WITHOUT  END,  il,  p*  27. 

Handscroll;  ink  and  slight  color  on  silk;  L. 
83^4";  H.  11%-.  Northern  Sung  Dynasty,  Early 
12th  c.  49  seals  and  9  colophons,  the  earliest  dated 
1205,  the  last  by  Wang  To  (1592- 1652).  The  most 
notable  colophon  author  is  K'an  Li -kuei,  the 
famous  Yuan  calligrapher.  The  seals  include 
those  of  Liang  Ch’ing-piao  (1620-1691)  8  seals, 
Emperors  Ch'ien  Lung  through  Hsu  an  T'ung 
(I8th-20th  c*)  9  seals,  and  Chang  Ta-chien,  modern 
painter  and  collector.  Publ:  S.  Lee  and  W.  Fong, 
Streams  and  Mountains  Without  Ascona,  1954. 
The  Cleveland  Museum  of  Art,  Gift  of  Hanna 
Fund. 

MI  YU- JEN  (Yuan-hui)*  act.  first  half 
12th  c.*  Kiangsu 

1 5*  CLOUDY  MOUNTAINS,  il.  p.  15. 

Handscroll;  ink,  white  and  slight  touches  of 
color  on  silk;  L.  6'  3%":  W.  17%2".  Poem  and 
inscription  by  the  artist: 

Innumerable  are  the  wonderful  mountain 
peaks  which  join  the  end  of  the  sky, 
Cool  and  dark,  the  smoky  mist  is  lovely  both 
in  the  evening  and  under  daylight; 

To  make  known  that  the  gentleman  has  been 
here, 

I  am  leaving  traces  of  my  brush  at  your  house. 
(1130  A.D.)  year,  done  at  Hsing  Gh'ang, 
Yuan-hui  (signature),  Yuan  Hui  playfully 
made”  (seal) 

Tr.  by  Wen  Fong 
4  colophons,  3  by  Wang  To  (1592-1652),  1  by  Chen 
Kuang.  Ex.Coll:  Prince  Ch'eng;  Pi  Chien-fd;  Li 
Chih  kai;  Wang  To;  T.  Yamamoto.  Publ:  Bibl.  6; 
26;  Chokaido  Shoga  Mohutokuf  19S2,  1/98  (Cat.  of 
the  Yamamoto  Coll.).  The  Cleveland  Museum  of 
Art,  J.  H.  “Wade  Collection, 

CHIANG  TS’AN  (Chiang  Kuan-tao),  act, 
first  half  12th  c.*  Chekiang* 

16.  VERDANT  MOUNTAINS,  il.  p.  30. 

Handscroll;  ink  and  slight  color  on  silk;  L.  9' 
8l,4w;  H.  1234**  Four  character  signature:  Chiang 
Ts  an  of  Chiang-nan.  (Signature  and  two  seals  of 
the  artist  are  an  interpolation.)  Colophon  by  K‘o 
Chiu-ssu  (1312-1365),  colophon  by  Emperor  Ch  ien 
Lung,  dated  1785,  22  seals,  including  those  of 
Liang  Ch’ing-piao  (162QT691),  Sung  Lo  (1634- 
1713),  and  the  Emperors  Ch'ien  Lung.  Chia  ChTing, 
and  Hsuan  T'ung.  Rec:  Shih-ch*u  Pao-chi ,  Part 
H,  Yu-shu-fang. 


Lent  by  Nelson  Gallery  of  Art  and  Atkins  Museum, 
Kansas  City,  Missouri. 

ANONYMOUS 

17.  A  COTTAGE  BY  A  RIVER  IN 
AUTUMN,  il*  p.  34 

Fan -shaped  album  painting;  ink  and  color  on 
silk;  H.  9p£";  W*  10^4".  Traditionally  attributed 
to  Uu  Sung- men,  act.  1190-1230.  5  collectors'  seals. 
Ex. Coll:  Wu  Tsan  (18th  c.),  Li  Tsai-hsien  (19th 
c*).  Publ:  Bibl.  71,  pi.  88, 

Lent  by  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Boston. 

LI  SUNG,  1195-1265. 

18*  MOUNTAINS  AND  THE  JASPER 
SEA  OF  THE  IMMORTALS*  il  p.  35. 

Oblate  circular  form  album  leaf;  ink  and  slight 
color  on  silk;  H.  IOl^";  W.  9^4  "*  Signature  of  the 
artist  on  face  of  cliff,  upper  right.  Publ:  Bibl*  55, 
II,  pi*  7L 

Lent  by  Nelson  Gallery  of  Art  and  Atkins  Museum, 
Kansas  City,  Missouri, 

ANONYMOUS 

T9.  LANDSCAPE  WITH  RETURNING 
HERDER  AND  BUFFALO*  il.  p.  38* 

Album  leaf  mounted  as  a  hanging  scroll;  ink 
on  silk;  H.  8^4  **\  W,  9^4".  Traditionally  attributed 
to  Li  T'ang,  act.  first  quarter  12th  c*  Ex. Coll: 
Masuda  Odawara. 

Lent  by  Howard  Hollis  and  Company,  Cleveland. 

HSIA  KUEI  (Yu-yu),  act.  ca.  1180-1230* 
Chekiang. 

20*  TWELVE  SCENES  FROM  A 
THATCHED  COTTAGE*  il  p*  38* 

Handscroll;  ink  on  silk;  L.  T  $¥4”;  W*  II".  Four 
character  signature:  ‘Tainted  by  the  Official,  Hsi  a 
Kuei",  10  seals,  most  of  them  unidentified.  The 
round  seal  with  a  square  interior  near  the  end  of 
the  painting  may  be  a  nien-hao  of  Emperor  Sung 
Li  Tsung.  The  Chiang-ts*un  Hsiao-hsta  Lu,  de¬ 
scribing  the  complete  painting  in  the  late  17th  c., 
mentions  at  both  ends  five  Sung  Dynasty  seals  and 
three  of  the  Yuan  Dynasty.  8  colophons,  including 
colophons  by  Shao  Heng-chen,  act.  in  the  late 
1 4th  c.?  Tung  Ch'i-ch’ang  (1555-1636),  Wang  Shih- 
ku  (1632-1717),  Viceroy  Tuan  Fang  (1861-1911). 
Rec:  Shan-ku  wang  Hua  Lu  XXIII/38  (1st  half 
1 7th  o),  Shih -ku-fang  Shu- hua  Hui-k’ao  XIV/64 
(ca,  1682),  Chiang- t$run  Hsiao- hsia  Lu  1/30  (1693), 
Pei-wen-chai  Shu-hua  P’u  LXXXVIII/26  (1708), 
Nan  Sung  Yuan  Hua  Lu  VI /3  (1721),  Mo-yuan 
Hui-kuan  6  (hsu)  III  (1742),  Chu-chia  Ts'ang-hua 
Pu  IX/XIV  (2nd  half  1 8th  c.).  Publ.  and/or  Rep: 
Famous  Chinese  Paintings ,  vol,  5.  (Chung-kuo 
Ming-hu  Ti-wu-chi),  Shanghai,  n*d.;  Kokka f  no.  2, 
Tokyo,  1936;  Bibl.  44. 

Lent  by  Nelson  Gallery  of  Art  and  Atkins  Museum, 
Kansas  City,  Missouri, 


145 


ANONYMOUS 

21*  RIVER  LANDSCAPE  IN  WIND 
AND  RAIN,  il.  p.  39. 

Fan-shaped  album  leaf;  ink  on  silk;  H.  9i/£"; 
W.  10;4".  Southern  Sung  Dynasty  (12th-l3th  c.). 
3  seals  of  Hsiang  Yuan-pien  (1525-1590).  Ex.CoIl; 
A,  W.  Bahr. 

Lent  by  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  New 
York, 

LIANG  K’AX  (FO),  act.  ca.  1203,  Chekiang 
(Hangchou), 

22.  WINTER  LANDSCAPE  WITH 
BIRDS,  il.  p.  40. 

Album  painting;  ink  and  faint  color  on  silk; 
H.  9i/g";  W.  10".  Signed  "Liang  K'ai."  Remains 
of  4  (?)  seals.  Publ;  Bibl  79,  pi.  XLV. 

Lent  by  Fogg  Art  Museum,  Harvard  University f 
Cambridge,  Massachusetts. 

ANONYMOUS 

23.  LANDSCAPE  WITH  FLIGHT  OF 
GEESE,  il  p.  42. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  silk;  H.  25^4"; 
W.  15".  13  th-  14th  c.  From  a  Japanese  provenance. 
Lent  by  The  Art  Institute  of  Chicago. 

ANONYMOUS 

24.  LANDSCAPE,  not  il. 

Handscroll;  ink  on  silk;  L.  18';  W.  lOi/J".  13th- 
14th  c.  Publ:  C>  F.  Kelley,  "Chinese  Painting/' 
Art  Institute  of  Chicago  Quarterly s  XLV,  no.  4, 

pp.  68-70. 

Lent  by  The  Art  Institute  of  Chicago. 

CHTEN  HSU  AN  (Shun-chu),  1235-1290, 
Chekiang 

25.  HOME  AGAIN,  il,  p.  44. 

Handscroll;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  L.  42";  H. 
10^"  Inscription,  signature,  and  2  seals  of  the 
artist.  Colophons;  among  the  seals  are  those  of 
Hsiang  Yuan-pien  (1525-1590),  Ch'ien  Lung  Em¬ 
peror,  The  picture  illustrates  the  famous  poem 
by  Tao  Ch’ien  (365-427),  Publ:  Bibl.  19,  p.  147. 
Lent  by  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  New 
York. 

CHAO  MENG-FU  (Tzu-ang),  1254-1322, 
Hopei -Chekiang 

26.  LANDSCAPE  WITH  TWIN  PINE 
TREES,  il.  p.  44. 

Handscroll;  ink  ou  paper;  L.  42i4";  H.  lO1/^ 
Two  inscriptions  and  seals  of  the  artist: 

Landscape  painting  is  a  genre  I  am  not  skilled 
in.  The  fact  is,  of  the  wonderful  works  of  the 
T'ang  masters,  Wang  Yu-ch'eng,  General  Li 
p£re,  General  Li  fils,  Cheng  Kuang-wen,  there 
aren’t  more  than  one  or  two  to  be  seen  these 


days.  The  Five  Dynasties  masters  such  as 
Ching  Hao,  Kuan  T'ung,  Tung  Yuan,  and  Fan 
K’uan  are  absolutely  different  from  the  works 
of  recent  times.  I  dare  not  claim  that  my 
paintings  are  comparable  to  those  of  the 
ancients;  contrasted  with  those  of  recent  times 
I  dare  say  they  are  a  bit  different.  Since  Y'eh- 
yun  has  asked  me  for  a  painting,  1  write  this 
at  the  end  of  it.  Chao  Meng-fu. 

— Translation  of  an  identical  inscription 
from  a  probable  copy  published  in  Art 
Quarterly f  vol.  XV,  no.  4  (Winter,  1952), 
by  H.  Munsterberg. 

Ex.Coll:  Yang  Tsai  (Yuan),  T'ung  Hsuan  (Ming), 
Liang  Ch'ing-piao  (1620-1691),  An  Ch/i  (1683-ca. 
1742),  Ch'ien  Lung,  and  later  Imperial  collections. 
Lent  by  The  Bamboo  Studio,  New  York, 

CHAO  YUNG  (Chung-mu),  born  1289, 
Chekiang 

27,  LANDSCAPE  WITH  FISHERMEN, 
il.  p.  47. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  silk;  H. 

W.  16^".  One  seal  of  the  artist  at  lower  right 
(Chung-mu),  G  k  W.,  p,  527.  no.  3.  3  collectors' 
seals,  2  seals  of  Chang  Ts’ung-yu  (20th  c.)  on 
mounting.  Publ:  Bibl.  83;  26. 

Lent  by  Frank  Caro,  successor  to  C.  T.  Loo,  New 
York. 

LI  SHIH-HSINGj  1282-1328,  Kweichou 

28.  THE  GUARDIANS  OF  THE 
VALLEY,  il,  p.  48, 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  on  silk;  H,  67 ifi*;  W.  38^". 
Signed,  two  seals  of  the  artist  with  possibly  one 
other.  One  seal  of  Yin  Hsiang  (Prince  I),  see  Cat. 
31.  One  unidentified  seal. 

Lent  by  Fogg  Art  Museum,  Harvard  University, 
Cambridge,  Massachusetts, 

WU  CHEN  ( Chu-yu ) ,  1280-1354,  Chekiang 

29*  ROCKS,  REEDS,  OLD  TREE  AND 
BAMBOO,  il.  p,  49. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  on  silk;  H.  65^";  W.  38^", 
One  poem  on  bamboo  by  the  artist  and  2  seals  of 
the  artist,  C  Sc  W.,  p.  515,  nos.  2,  3,  Signed  and 
dated  1338.  Two  unidentified  seals;  2  seals  of 
Liang  Ch'ing-piao  (1620-1691);  1  seal  of  C.C.  Wang 
(20th  c.). 

Lent  by  The  Bamboo  Studio,  New  York. 

WANG  MENG,  ca.  1320-1385,  Chekiang 

SO.  FISHING  IN  THE  GREEN 
DEPTHS,  il.  p*  51. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  smooth  paper; 
damaged  and  repaired,  dearly  visible;  H.  34^g"; 
W.  171/2".  Signed  with  a  poem  on  the  right: 

Your  home  is  over  the  clean  flood 
And  you  drop  your  hook  in  green  depths; 

Dew  dampens  the  hibiscus  moon 


146 


And  fragrance  soft  in  the  lotus  wind. 

The  drifting  boat  enters  dreamy  isles, 

And  in  the  press  of  flowers  sits  your  flute; 
Knowing  only  him  who  lives  forgetting, 

No  thought  for  the  Old  Man  of  the  Frontier.* 
Huang-hao-shan-chung-jen  (The-man-from- 
the-heart-of-Yellow-Crane- Mountain),  Wang 
Shu-ming  (i.e.  Wang  Meng)  painted  and 
inscribed. 

— tr.  by  R.  Edwards. 
2  other  poems  by  unidentified  contemporaries  of 
the  artist;  3  old  but  unidentified  collectors’  seals; 
2  unidentified  seals  on  the  probably-Yuan  inscrip¬ 
tion  at  left.  Rec:  Shan-hu-wang  XI /5,  1643  (full 
description);  Shih-Ku-t’ang  XXI /6,  1682;  P’ei-wen - 
chai  LXXXVI/12,  1708. 

Lent  by  The  Bamboo  Studio,  New  York. 

NI  TSAN,  1301-1374,  Kiangsu 

31.  RIVER  PAVILION  AND  MOUN¬ 
TAIN  SCENERY,  il.  p.  54. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  on  paper;  H.  32%6"l  W. 
13i/6".  Seven  character  line  poem,  dated  1368,  3rd 
month,  10th  day,  signed  Tsan  (see  p.  53).  Inscrip¬ 
tion  by  the  artist: 

Shu-kuei,  my  friend,  asking  me  to  go  to  a 
priest’s  dwelling,  with  this  paper  requested 
a  painting,  and  I  informally  painted  “River 
Pavilion  and  Mountain  Scenery’’  and  added 
this  poem  in  the  righthand  corner. 

— tr.  by  R.  Edwards. 
Inscription  on  left  by  Hsieh  Ch’ang  (Yen  Ming), 
an  official  of  Hung  Wu  period  (1368-1398)  with 
three  seals.  Collectors’  seals:  (2)  Yin  Hsiang 
(Prince  I),  a  hereditary  title  that  began  1686-1730; 
(3)  Ta  Chung-kuang  (1623-1692),  C  &  W.,  p.  310; 
(1)  Wang  Hung-hsu  (1645-1723),  C  &  W.,  p.  533. 
The  picture  is  possibly  that  recorded  in  Li  Jih- 
hua’s  (1589-1616)  Wei-shui-hsuan-jih-chi,  VI/47, 
where  it  is  considered  unreliable  but  a  good  paint¬ 
ing. 

Lent  by  The  Bamboo  Studio,  New  York. 

TS’AO  CHIH-PO,  died  1355,  Kiangsu 

32.  A  PAVILION  NEAR  OLD  PINES, 
il.  p.  57. 

Album  leaf  mounted  as  a  hanging  scroll;  ink 
on  paper;  small  damages  and  repairs;  H.  18%"; 
W.  14%".  Inscription:  The  Balcony  of  the  Over¬ 
flowing  Swamp  (Wa  Ying  Hsien;  a  retreat);  did 
this  for  the  Liang  Ch’ang  Grass  Hall  (a  re¬ 
treat);  seal  of  the  artist:  Yun  Hsi. 

6  Ch’ien  Lung  seals;  2  Hsuan  T’ung  seals.  Publ: 
Bibl.  19,  opp.  p.  148. 

Lent  by  Walter  Hochstadter,  New  York. 


•  “Old  Man  of  the  Frontier’’  refers  to  a  figure 
in  the  old  Chinese  text,  Huai-nan-tzu,  whose  good 
fortune  turns  to  bad  and  whose  bad  fortune  later 
becomes  good.  His  experiences  stands  as  a  symbol 
of  the  unpredictable  quality  of  change  and  of  the 
measureless  nature  of  truth. 


CHAO  YUAN,  act.  ca.  1360-1400,  Kiangsu- 
Shantung 

33.  SAYING  FAREWELL  TO  A  GUEST 
AT  CH’ING  CH’UAN,  il.  p.  58. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  on  paper;  H.  37i/4";  W. 
13%".  Inscription  and  seal  of  the  artist,  C  &  W., 
p.  526,  no.  2.  Seals  of  An  Ch’i  (1683-after  1742), 
seals  of  Ch’ien  Lung  (1736-1796);  seals  of  Chang 
Ts’ung-yu  (20th  c.).  Rec:  An  Ch’i’s  catalog,  Afo- 
yuan-hui-kuan,  V/29.  Publ:  C  &  W.,  p.  526;  Bibl. 
83. 

Lent  by  The  Bamboo  Studio,  Ncwr  York. 

YAO  TTNG-MEI,  14th  c. 

34.  THE  SCHOLAR’S  LEISURE,  il.  p. 
58. 

Handscroll:  ink  on  paper;  L.  33%e";  H.  9^6". 
Inscription:  1360,  spring,  first  month.  I  did  this 
and  added  my  humble  words  at  the  end,  fol¬ 
lowed  by  a  poem  signed  Yao  T’ing-mei  of  Wu 
Hsing. 

Collectors’  seals:  Liang  Ch’ing-piao  (1620-1691), 
Emperors  Ch’ien  Lung,  Chia  Ch’ing,  and  Hsuan 
T’ung.  The  poem  on  the  painting  by  the  Ch’ien 
Lung  Emperor  is  dated  1755.  Ex. Coll:  Chang 
Ts’ung-yu  (20th  c.).  Publ:  Bibl.  83. 

Lent  by  Frank  Caro,  successor  to  C.  T.  Loo,  New 
York. 

CH’EN  JU-YEN,  act.  1350,  Kiangsu 

35.  LO  FOU  SHAN’S  WOOD-CUTTER, 
not  il. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  on  somewhat  darkened  silk; 
H.  41  W.  21".  Text  written  by  the  artist  on 
top  left  of  the  painting:  1366,  1st  Moon',  16th  day, 
Lu  Shan  Ch’en  Ju-yen  painted  for  Magistrate 
Szu-ch’i,  the  painting  of  Lo  Fou  Shan’s  wood¬ 
cutter. 

Ex.Coll:  Magistrate  Szu-ch’i’s  family,  Lu  P’eng- 
sheng  (2  seals),  Wang  Shih-min:  1592-1680  (4 

seals),  Rung  Heng-p’u  (1  seal),  Chang  Tsung-yu, 
20th  c.  (4  seals).  Rec:  Li  Tai  Chu  Lu  Hua  Mo, 
vol.  3,  p.  296;  Jan  Li  Kuan  Kuo  Yen  Hsu  Lu,  vol. 
4,  p.  7.  Publ:  Bibl.  83. 

Lent  by  Frank  Caro,  successor  to  C.  T.  Loo,  New 
York. 

HSU  PEN  (Hsu  Fen),  act.  ca.  1380,  Sze- 
chuan-Kiangsu  (Suchou) 

36.  STREAMS  AND  MOUNTAINS,  il. 

p.  60. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  on  paper;  H.  26%";  W. 
10i/4".  One  poem  and  inscription  of  the  artist: 
Green  trees,  the  oriole, 

everywhere  are  mountains; 

Then  from  over  the  valleys 
see  the  returning  cloud. 

Man’s  life  does  not  allow 
unbroken  ease, 

But  the  high  climb,  the  looking  down — 
this  is  leisure. 


147 


1372  on  the  10th  day  of  the  7th  month ,  Hsu 
Pen  did  this  painting  and  then  added  the 
poem  above  it  for  Chi-fu. 

— tr.  by  R,  Edwards. 
4  other  poems  with  3  seals  by  contemporaries  of 
Hsu  Pen:  Hsieh  Hui,  Kao  Ch’i,  Lu  Chen,  and 
Huang  Tsai.  Hsieh  Hui  writes:  "When  Hsu  Pen 
was  visiting  Wu-hsing  (Chekiang)  he  did  the  paint¬ 
ing  Streams  and  Mountains ,  and  added  a  poem  to 
present  to  Chi-fu,  and  I  have  written  this.*'  2 
unidentified  collectors'  seals  on  the  painting;  3 
seals  on  the  mounting,  including  2  of  Xiang 
Chlng-piao  (1620-1601),  and  1  title  with  a  seal, 
possibly  the  writing  and  seal  of  Liang  Ch’mg-piao. 
Lent  by  Walter  Hochstadter,  New  York. 

PIEN  CHING-CHAO  (Pien  Wen-chin), 
act  early  15th  c.3  Fukien 

37,  LANDSCAPE  WITH  WILD 
HORSES,  not  i 1. 

Album  painting;  ink  and  color  on  silk;  H.  9%6"; 
W.  914®".  Signed  Pien  Ching-chao,  One  possibly 
spurious  seal  of  the  GMen  Lung  Emperor;  4  un¬ 
identified  collectors'  seals. 

Lent  by  Heeramaneck  Galleries,  New  York. 

CHIN  WEN-CHIN,  act  1400-1450* 

Kiangsu 

38.  TEN  THOUSAND  BAMBOOS,  il 
p.  6L 

Handscroll;  ink  on  paper;  L.  29'  9i/£";  H.  13^4". 
Dated  1438;  14  colophons  including  the  artist's 
inscription,  all  on  the  painting.  44  seals  not  count¬ 
ing  mounting  seals;  4  seals  of  Hsiang  Yuan- pien 
(1525-1590).  Publ.  as  by  Kuan  Tao-sheng  in  G, 
Siren.  Kinas  Konst,  vol.  2,  p.  423. 

Lent  by  Fogg  Art  Museum,  Harvard  University, 
Cambridge,  Massachusetts. 

HSIA  CHANG  (Chung-chao),  1388-1470, 
Shantung 

39*  THE  BANKS  OF  THE  SERENE 
HSIANG  RIVER,  iL  p.  62. 

Handscroll;  ink  on  paper;  L.  30'  9%";  H.  12^". 
6  colophons,  including  2  by  Wang  Ao  (act.  ca, 
1465)  and  1  by  Fu  Han  (act.  1464-1506).  Ex. Coll: 
Lu  Shih-hua,  1714-1779  (3  seals).  Also  17  unidenti¬ 
fied  seals.  Rec:  Wu  Yueh  So-chien  Shu-hua  Lu, 
vol,  4,  p.  34  ff.  Second  preface  dated  1777.  Title 
by  Chang  Heng,  (Here  listed  under  name  of 
Wang  Fu.) 

Lent  by  Nelson  Gallery  of  Art  and  Atkins  Museum, 
Kansas  Oty,  Missouri. 

LIU  CHUEH,  1410-1472,  Kiangsu  (Suchou) 

40.  LANDSCAPE  IN  THE  STYLE  OF 
NI  TSAN,  il.  p.  55, 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  on  paper;  H.  58^4";  W. 
21  Inscription  and  1  seal  of  the  artist.  Colo¬ 
phon  by  Shen  Chou,  see  p.  53.  Ex. Co  11:  Kao  Shih- 


ch'i  (1695-1704).  Publ:  Mostra  di  Pitture  Cinese 
Ming  e  Ch’ing ,  Rome,  April,  1950. 

Lent  by  Mus£e  Guimet,  Paris. 

TAI  CHIN,  act.  ca.  1446,  Chekiang 

41,  TEN  THOUSAND  LI  OF  THE 
YANGTZE,  il,  p.  64. 

Handscroll;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  L.  38' 

H.  I3y£".  2  seals  of  the  artist:  Tai  Chin,  Wen 
Chin;  and  1  colophon: 

In  my  old  family  collection  of  paintings,  there 
is  a  Sung  scroll  titled  Ch'ang  Chiang  Wan  Li 
(literally.  Long  River  of  ten  thousand  miles, 
referring  to  the  YangUe  River),  The  brush- 
work  is  quiet  and  graceful;  the  depicted  ob¬ 
jects  are  elegant  and  expressive.  It  is  indeed 
a  masterpiece.  The  other  day,  at  my  classmate 
Ghiu-farfs  place,  I  saw  a  painting  with  the 
same  title  done  by  Chou  Tung-ts'un  (this  is 
the  painting  recorded  in  the  Ghiang-Ts’un - 
Hsiao -hi,  1693,  Kao  Shih -chi's  catalog).  In  view 
of  the  rendering  of  the  mountains,  waters, 
pavilions,  boats,  and  carriages,  the  latter  paint¬ 
ing  is  of  a  different  interest  than  that  of  my 
Sung  painting,  whose  brush  is  thick  and  well- 
blended,  enlivened  by  a  note  of  elegance,  a 
quality  that  could  never  be  attained  by  the 
Yuan  and  Ming  artists.  The  technique  of 
Tung-ts'un  is  derived  from  various  schools  of 
Sung  and  Yuan,  Although  it  has  kept  Its 
own  individuality,  it  lags  far  behind  a  Sung 
painting  in  liveliness  and  humor.  This  seems 
to  be  conditioned  by  its  lateness  in  time,  and 
the  deficiency  seems  rather  inevitable.  Today, 
I  have  just  looked  over  this  Tai  Wen-chin 
scroll.  The  brush  is  aged  yet  still  fresh.  Often 
there  are  strange  poses  and  gestures.  Obviously, 
it  was  created  with  such  a  smooth  play 
between  the  heart  and  the  hands,  and  a  har¬ 
monious  movement  with  the  ancient  methods, 
that  there  were  qualities  which  Tung-ts'un 
could  not  possibly  match.  Tung  Hsiang-kuang 
(Tung  Chl-ch'ang),  in  commenting  on  Li 
Po-shih's  copy  of  Tung  Yuan's  Hsiao-hsiang- 
tu,  has  remarked  that  in  spite  of  his  fame, 
Li  Po-shih  lacks  this  "age  and  freshness11 
in  his  work.  From  this,  we  know  that  Wen- 
chin's  "aged  and  yet  fresh  brush"  would  have 
been  greatly  praised  by  Tung  Hsiang-kuang. 
Anyone  who  understands  this  will  back  me 
on  this  point, 

Ch’ien  Lung,  Cha  Ying  (1794),  autumn,  8th 
month,  at  Yang-chou,  Wang  Wen<hih 
(Meng-lu)  has  written  this. 

—tr.  by  Wen  Fong. 

1  colophon  by  Tieh  Ping-tzu,  written  in  1927, 

The  Cleveland  Museum  of  Art,  J,  H.  Wade 
Collection.  ,  "u  'Vi 

i  lly  ••'♦VVr-r 

TU  CHIN,  act.  ca.  1465-1487,  Hopei 
(Peking)  -Kiangsu 

42.  WANDERING  IN  THE  MOON¬ 
LIGHT,  il.  p.  66. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  slight  color  on  paper; 
H.  Sls/g";  W.  281/z"  Signed  and  sealed;  the  seal 


148 


is  the  one  from  which  the  reference  in  C  &  W., 
p.  158,  is  taken.  One  old  unidentified  seal;  1  seal 
of  Chang  Tsung-yu  (20th  c.);  1  seal  of  C.  C.  Wang 
(20th  c.).  Publ:  A  Special  Collection  of  the  Sec¬ 
ond  National  Exhibition  of  Chinese  Art  under 
the  Auspices  of  the  Ministry  of  Education ,  Part 
I,  Commercial  Press,  1943,  pi.  138  (Chang  Coll.) 
The  Cleveland  Museum  of  Art,  John  L.  Severance 
Collection. 

SHIH  CHUNG,  1437-1517,  Kiangsu 
(Nanking) 

43.  WINTER  LANDSCAPE,  il.  p.  67. 

Handscroll;  ink  on  paper;  L.  994";  H.  5i/£". 
Dated  1504;  poem  by  the  artist: 

The  sky  is  clear;  snow  covers  mountain  and 
river. 

The  Myriad  Trees  tower  high;  this  is  nature’s 
work. 

Alone  and  always  happy  to  suffer  poverty, 
This  old  man,  moved  to  tears,  records  the 
divine  pine. 

In  the  spring  of  the  chia-tzu  year,  during 
The  reign  of  Hung  Chin  (1504),  when  snow  fell 
heavily.  The  Fool  made  this  picture  and 
added  the  poem  to  accompany  it. 

Shih  Chung 
— Tr.  by  K.  Tomita 
2  seals  of  the  artist,  C  &  W.,  p.  83,  no.  10,  1  un¬ 
recorded.  1  seal  of  Pang  Yuan-ch’i  (contemporary 
collector).  Publ:  K.  Tomita,  “Snowscape  by  Shih 
Chung,”  Bulletin  of  the  Museum  of  Fine  Arts, 
April,  1940,  pp.  30-33. 

Lent  by  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Boston. 

KUO  HSU  (Ch’ing-k’uang),  1456-after 
1526,  Kiangsi 

44.  LANDSCAPE:  PAVILIONS  AND 
WATER,  il.  p.  68. 

Handscroll;  ink  on  paper;  L.  62";  H.  8i/£".  Two 
paintings,  mounted  together,  signed: 

Written  and  painted  by  Ch’ing-k'uang  with 
running  brush. 

5  seals  of  the  artist,  C  &  W.,  p.  318,  nos.  2,  3;  1 
unrecorded.  Ex.Coll:  P’ang  Yuan-ch’i,  Shanghai. 
Lent  by  The  Detroit  Institute  of  Arts. 

ATTRIBUTED  TO  CHOU  CH’EN,  act. 
ca.  1532,  Kiangsu  (Suchou) 

45.  PINES  AND  TOWERING  MOUN¬ 
TAINS,  il.  p.  69. 

Album  painting;  ink  and  slight  color  on  very 
finely  woven  silk;  H.  9%";  W.  8%".  The 
Cleveland  Museum  of  Art,  John  L.  Severance 
Collection. 

TANG  YIN,  1470-1524,  Kiangsu  (Suchou) 

46.  STRANGE  PEAKS  AND  A  SCHOL¬ 
AR’S  HIDDEN  RETREAT,  il.  p.  70. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  slight  color  on  darkened 
silk;  H.  53i/£";  W.  24%".  Colophon  and  seals  of 
the  artist. 


Lent  by  The  John  Herron  Art  Museum,  Indianapo¬ 
lis. 

47.  SCHOLAR  IN  A  SUMMER  LAND¬ 
SCAPE,  il.  p.  70. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  slight  color  on  satin- 
silk;  H.  5$i/2 ";  W.  2194".  Seven  character  line 
poem  by  the  artist  for  an  unidentified  person 
(perhaps  Sung  Ch’eng-ch’i);  3  artist’s  seals  (C  & 
W.,  p.  226,  nos.  11,  10,  15);  10  seals  of  Hsiang 
Yuan-pien  (1525-1590);  at  least  3  seals  of  Li 
Tsung-wan  (1705-1759),  C  &  W.,  p.  621;  1  seal 
of  C.  C.  Wang  (20th  c.).  5  unidentified  seals. 

Lent  by  Frank  Caro,  successor  to  C.  T.  Loo,  New 
York. 

48.  LANDSCAPE  WITH  MEDITAT¬ 
ING  SCHOLAR,  il.  p.  72. 

Handscroll;  ink  on  paper;  L.  33 H.  10%e". 
No  inscription  on  the  painting;  2  seals  of  the 
artist  and  1  unidentified  seal.  Colophon  signed 
T’ang  Yin  after  the  painting,  with  2  seals  of  the 
artist  and  1  unidentified  seal  as  on  the  painting. 
Lent  by  The  Bamboo  Studio,  New  York. 

SHEN  CHOU  (Shih-t’ien),  1427-1509, 
Kiangsu  (Suchou) 

49.  ALBUM  OF  LANDSCAPES  AND 
POEMS,  il.  p.  74. 

Album  paintings;  ink  on  paper;  H.  14%";  W. 
2594"-  Each  of  the  eight  leaves  is  signed  and 
sealed  by  the  artist  (similar  to  C  &  W.,  p.  167,  no. 
15).  Ex.  Coll:  Wen  Cheng-ming  (1470-1559);  Wen 
Chia  (1500-1582);  Teng  Ju-kao;  Lu  Hsin-yuan  (?) 
1834-1894;  Lu  Shu-sheng;  Tuan  Fang.  Publ:  Bibl. 
73. 

Lent  by  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Boston. 

50.  TRAVELING  IN  WU,  il.  p.  75. 

Handscroll;  ink  on  paper;  L.  65";  H.  12i4".  In¬ 
scription: 

I  did  this  painting.  Yuch  Ch’uang  does  not 
find  fault  with  its  easy  quality,  but  says  it 
has  the  flavor  of  Tung  Yuan  and  Chu  Jan. 
Yueh  Ch’uang  has  big  eyes;  most  people 
believe  what  he  says.  But  I  myself  just  can’t 
understand  it. 

Dated  1474,  signed  Shen  Chou. 

— tr.  by  R.  Edwards. 
4  seals  of  the  artist,  3  rather  faded  (C  &  W.,  p. 
167,  nos.  3,  20),  1  unrecorded.  Colophon  signed  by 
Shen  Chou’s  friend,  Wu  K’uan,  the  first  and 
larger  part  of  which  appears  to  be  replaced.  At 
the  end  it  relates  that  when  Yueh  Ch’uang  went 
South  this  painting  was  given  to  him.  The  pic¬ 
ture  is  like  traveling  in  Wu.  2  seals  of  Wu  K’uan. 
20  other  seals;  at  least  5  are  those  of  Li  Chao-hang 
(17th  c.);  3  seals  of  An  Ch’i  (1683-after  1742); 
2  seals  of  Ch’en  K'uei-lin  (late  19th  c.).  Rec: 
Ch’en’s  catalog,  Pao  Yu  Ko  Shu  Hua  Lu,  Shanghai. 
Lent  by  The  Bamboo  Studio,  New  York. 

51.  FOUR  SCENES  AT  TIGER  HILL 
(?),  il.  p.  76. 

Album  paintings;  ink  on  paper;  H.  12i4";  W. 
1594";  possibly  Tiger  Hill,  see  67  where  the  cov- 


149 


ered  bridge  is  to  be  seen.  Each  leaf  with  1  seal 
of  the  artist  {C  Sc  W*,  p*  167,  no*  3): 

1.  Chasm  with  Pavilion  and  Three  Figures 

2.  The  Seven  Poets  (?)  on  Rocky  Ledges 

3.  A  Street  with  Two  Figures 

4.  Oaks  and  Hummocks  with  Three  Figures  at 
a  WelL 

Lent  by  Richard  B,  Hobart,  Cambridge,  Massa¬ 
chusetts, 

52.  LANDSCAPE  IN  THE  STYLE  OF 
NI  TSAN,  il.  p.  55. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  on  paper;  H.  54y£*:  W* 
244"*  Poem,  signature,  and  1  seal  of  the  artist 
(C  Sc  W.,  p,  167,  no.  24),  dated  in  the  20th  year 
of  Ming  Cheng  Hua  (1484),  a  Winter  day.  Ex,  Coll: 
T.  Yamamoto,  Rec:  Chokaido  Shoga  Mokuroku , 
1932,  11/99. 

Lent  by  Nelson  Gallery  of  Art  and  Atkins  Mliseum, 
Kansas  City,  Missouri. 

53.  LANDSCAPES  WITH  POEMS,  iL 
p*  78* 

Album  paintings  mounted  as  a  hand  sc  roll;  ink 
on  paper  and  ink  with  color  on  paper;  H.  15  4*'; 
W.  23^4".  2  seals  of  the  artist  (C  &  W„  p,  167,  nos. 
3,  20).  2  colophons:  1  by  Wen  Cheng- ming,  dated 
1516;  1  by  Hsieh  Lan-sheng,  dated  1824,  Each  leaf 
with  poem  and  signature  of  the  artist: 

L  Three  Gardeners  in  Fenced  Enclosure  (with 
slight  color) 

2.  The  Artist-Poet  on  a  Mountain  (with  color) 

3.  The  Painter  with  His  Grane  in  a  Boat  (with 
color) 

4.  Mountain  Lake  with  Boats  (ink  only) 

5.  Mountain  Trail  with  Village  Grove  and  a 
Stream  (ink  only), 

Rec:  P'ang  Cheng-wei,  T'ing  Fan  Lou  Shu  Hua 
Chi  (Mei  Shu  Tsung  Shu  edition),  supplement, 
2nd  part,  la-2b,  1843  or  later.  Publ:  L,  Sick  man, 
’'The  Unsung  Ming,”  Art  News,  November,  1946* 
See  53a  for  leaf  no.  6  by  Wen  Cheng- ming. 

Lent  by  Nelson  Gallery  of  Art  and  Atkins  Museum, 
Kansas  City*  Missouri* 

WEN  CHENG-MING  (Wen  Pi),  1470- 
1559,  Kiangsu  (Suchou) 

53a.  STORM  OVER  A  LAKE,  il.  p.  80. 

Album  painting;  ink  and  slight  color  on  paper; 
H,  1514";  W.  23<4".  Dated  1516:  2  seals  of  the 
artist  (C  &  W*,  p.  19,  nos.  3,  6).  2  colophons  (see 
53),  The  picture  illustrates  two  lines  of  Wei 
Ying-wu's  T'ang  Dynasty  poem: 

On  the  spring  flood  of  last  night’s  rain 
The  ferry  boat  moves  as  if  someone  were 
poling. 

— tr.  Wytter  Bynner 
Lent  by  Nelson  Gallery  of  Art  and  Atkins  Museum, 
Kansas  City,  Missouri, 

54.  LANDSCAPE  WITH  A  WATER¬ 
FALL,  il.  p.  79* 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  wash  and  color  on  paper; 
H*  21  $4";  W,  9^"-  1  colophon  and  2  seals  of 
the  artist  (similar  to  C  &  W*,  p*  19,  nos*  10-20; 
2nd  seal  is  double): 


I  was  alone  in  my  house,  there  were  no 
guests,  no  friends,  because  it  was  raining.  So 
I  took  up  my  brush  and  painted  the  trees 
and  the  waterfall.  Dated  in  accordance  with 

1531,  7th  month,  24th  day* 

5  seals  of  Emperor  Chlen  Lung.  3  unidentified 
seals.  Publ:  Afortra  di  Pilture  Cinese  Ming  e 
Ch’ing,  Rome,  April,  1950* 

Lent  by  Frank  Caro,  successor  to  C.  T.  Loo,  New 
York. 

55.  SEVEN  JUNIPER  TREES,  il.  p.  81. 

Handscroll;  ink  on  paper;  L.  IP  lO^";  H.  114"« 
Signed  and  dated: 

1532,  Summer,  Cheng-ming  used  Sung-hsueh's 
(Chao  Meng-fu's)  brush.  (See  26) 

Colophon  by  the  artist  is  given  in  large  part  on 
p.  81;  2  seals  of  the  artist  (similar  to  C  k  W.,  p. 
19,  nos.  20,  30).  Colophon  dated  1538,  by  Gh'en 
Shun  (see  63)  with  2  seals: 

In  the  Spring  of  1532,  Mr.  Wang  Shih-men 
came  from  Hai-yu  (i.e.,  where  the  ancient 
junipers  were  standing),  visited  me  at  the 
Lake,  stayed  over  night  and  left,  1538,  in 
Autumn,  Mr.  Wang  again  visited  me.  He 
showed  me  the  scroll  with  the  Seven  Junipers 
of  my  teacher,  Master  Heng-shan.  He  told  me 
that  after  he  had  seen  me  last  time,  he  visited 
Master  Heng  and  begged  him  to  let  him 
have  the  scroll.  And  now  he  wants  from  me 
a  few  words  of  comment.  I  carefully  studied 
the  scroll  and  could  not  leave  my  hand  from 
it.  This  is  indeed  my  teacher's  masterpiece* 
In  his  lines  and  washes,  delicate  and  lush, 
he  attained  the  essence  of  Chao  Meng-fu's 
genius.  Such  a  painting  is  not  easily  given 
away,  Mr,  Wang  was  certainly  not  afraid  to 
ask  and  was  lucky  enough  to  get  it.  If  it  had 
not  been  for  Mr,  Wang’s  appearance  and  his 
personal  culture,  so  appealing  to  the  Master's 
taste,  how  could  he  have  given  it  to  him.  So 
much  the  more  Shih-men  should  treasure  it  I 
Tao-fu  inscribed 
— tr*  by  Gustav  Ecke 

3  collectors'  seals. 

Lent  by  Honolulu  Academy  of  Arts. 

56.  CYPRESS  AND  OLD  ROCKS,  il* 
p.  84. 

Handscroll;  ink  on  paper;  L.  19^  W.  10*4 
Inscription,  signature,  and  1  seal  of  the  artist 
(similar  to  C  &  W.,  p.  19,  no*  40).  12  colophons 
including:  Wang  Ku-hsiang,  painter  and  poet, 
1501-1568;  Chou  T*ien-ch*iu,  calligrapher  and 
painter,  1514-1595;  Lu  Shih-ta,  painter  and  pupil 
of  Wen  Cheng-ming,  act.  ca,  1522-1566;  Yuan 
Tsun-ni,  1523-1574;  Huang  Chi-sui,  calligrapher, 
1509-1574;  Yuan  Chung,  poet,  contemporary  of 
Wen  Cheng-ming;  Lu  An-tao,  calligrapher,  brother 
of  Lu  Shih-ta;  Wen  P’eng,  eldest  son  of  the  aTtist, 
1498-1573:  Wen  Chia,  second  son  of  the  artist 
and  himself  a  painter  of  note,  1501-1566;  P'eng 
Nien.  calligrapher,  1505-1566,  colophon  dated  in 
the  29th  year  of  Ming  Chia  Ching  (1550)  (This 
is  the  last  colophon  written  at  the  time  the  pic¬ 
ture  was  painted);  Chang  Feng-i,  poet  and  calli¬ 
grapher  (His  colophon,  written  in  1612,  mentions 


150 


that  the  picture  was  painted  for  him  and  pre¬ 
sented  when  he  was  23  years  old).  Ex.  Coll:  Chang 
Feng-i,  1527-1613;  Liu  Shu,  1759-1816;  Ku  Wen- 
pin,  181 1-1889. 

Lent  by  Nelson  Gallery  of  Art  and  Atkins  Museum, 
Kansas  City,  Missouri. 

WEN  PO-JEN,  1502-1575,  Kiangsu 
57,  LANDSCAPE,  il.  p.  85. 

Hanging  scroll;  Ink  and  color  on  paper;  H. 
50!j4";  W.  I4i4"  Signed  and  dated  1561;  2  artists' 
seals  (I  in  C  &  W.,  p.  10,  no.  14).  5  unidentified 
seals.  Ex.Coll:  Emperors  Ch’ien  Lung  (4  seals); 
Ghia  Ch'ing  (1  seal);  T.  Yamamoto,  Tokyo, 

Lent  by  Seattle  Art  Museum,  Eugene  Fuller  Me¬ 
morial  Collection. 

58*  THE  LUTE  SONG;  SAYING  FARE¬ 
WELL  AT  HSUN-YANG,  il.  p.  84. 

Hand  scroll;  ink  and  slight  color  on  paper; 
L.  23^";  W.  8i/@".  Inscription  signed  by  the 
artist:  painted  at  Ting  Yun-kuang,  2  seals  of  the 
artist  (similar  to  C  &  W.,  p.  10,  nos.  5,  6).  10 
collectors'  seals  on  painting  and  colophons;  the 
1st  colophon  is  a  transcription  of  the  Lute  Song 
(Pi-p’a  fusing)  by  Po  Chud  (772-846)  from  which 
the  title  is  taken.  See  A.  Waley  The  Life  and  Times 
of  Po  Chu-i,  London,  1949,  p,  117.  Ex.  Coll:  T. 
Yamamoto,  Tokyo.  Puhl:  Chokaido  Shoga  Mok - 
uroku,  1932,  111/94.  (Cat.  of  Yamamoto  Coll.)  The 
Cleveland  Museum  of  Art,  John  L,  Severance 
Collection. 

CHLJ  CHIEH,  act.  ca.  1574,  Kiangsu 
59*  WATCHING  THE  STREAM,  il. 

p.  86, 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  on  paper;  H.  43 1/£";  W. 
9?/b ",  Inscription  and  i  seal  of  the  artist  (C  Sc  W., 
p.  188,  no.  4): 

In  the  i-wei  year  of  the  Chia-ching  reign 
(1559)  on  a  day  of  the  Little  Cold  season 
{approximately  January  6-20)  Hsuan-chin 
dropped  by  to  pay  a  call  and  produced  this 
paper,  pressing  me  for  a  painting  by  my 
clumsy  brush.  At  that  time  I  had  been  ill  and 
had  long  neglected  brush  and  Ink-stone.  In 
a  disorderly  way  I  daubed  and  rubbed;  surely 
one  must  find  it  awful.  May  Hsuan-chin  not 
be  offended  with  my  soiling  his  beautiful 
paper. 

Inscribed  by  Chu  Chieh 

— tr,  by  A,  Lippe 
2  seals  of  Liang  Ch'ing-piao  (1620-1691),  6  seals 
of  the  Ch'ien  Lung  Emperor  including  an  Im¬ 
perial  gift  seal.  Publ:  Bibl.  36. 

Lent  by  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  New 
York. 

LU  CHIH  (Pao-shan),  1496-1576,  Kiangsu 
(Suchou) 

60*  ROCKY  LANDSCAPE,  il.  p.  88, 

Hand  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  L.  44^4"; 
H.  9i4".  Inscribed  and  signed  by  the  artist: 


Painted  by  Pao-shan  Lu  Chih,  at  the  end  of 
the  full  moon  in  March,  the  chi-yu  year  of 
Chia  Ching  (1549), 

Seal  of  the  artist  (C  &  W.,  p.  343,  no.  5)  at  the 
beginning  and  at  the  end  of  scroll;  poem  by  the 
artist  on  the  1st  colophon.  First  commentary 
colophon  by  Tung  ChTch'ang,  1632.  Publ:  Bibi. 
16, 

Lent  by  Nelson  Gallery  of  Art  and  Atkins  Museum, 
Kansas  City,  Missouri. 

61.  LANDSCAPE  WITH  CLEAR  DIS¬ 
TANCE,  il.  p.  85, 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  H. 
41s4";  W.  Poem  by  the  artist  and  3  artiste 

seals  (C  &  W„  p.  m,  nos.  3,  10,  18).  5  seals  of 
Hsiang  Yuan-pien  (1525-1590);  1  unidentified  seal. 
Lent  by  The  Art  Institute  of  Chicago. 

62*  LANDSCAPE  WITH  FLOWERING 
TREES,  not  IL 

Fan  painting;  ink  and  color  on  gold  paper;  L 
2T';  H.  75/g",  Inscribed  after  a  7  character  line  poem: 

Lu  Chih  presented  to  Mr.  Ssu  Yell 
A  double  seal  of  the  artist,  Shu -ping  (similar  to 
C  k  W.,  p.  343*  no.  1),  1  collector's  seal  of  P'ang 
Cheng-wei  (19th  c.).  Publ:  Kokka  731,  Dec.,  1953. 
Ex.Coll:  T.  Tomioka. 

Lent  by  Howard  Hollis  and  Company,  Cleveland. 

CH’EN  SHUN  (Tao-fu),  1483-1544, 
Kiangsu  (Suchou) 

63*  PAVILION  OF  EIGHT  POEMS,  II. 
p,  90, 

Handscroll;  ink  on  paper;  L.  48";  H.  10". 
4  seals  of  the  artist  (C  &  W.,  p.  327,  nos.  3,  1) 
and  signature: 

Written  and  signed  by  Ch’en  Tao-fu  in  my 
country  house,  on  the  16th  day  of  the  5th 
month  in  the  year  Wu  Hsueh  (1538). 

4  collectors’  seals,  including  those  of  P'ang  Yuan- 
ch'i  (20th  c.). 

Lent  by  The  Art  Institute  of  Chicago. 

64.  LANDSCAPE  AND  POEMS,  il,  p.  91. 

Handscroll:  ink  and  slight  color  on  paper: 
Signature  and  2  seals  of  the  artist  (1  similar  to 
C  &  W.,  p.  327,  no.  3);  3  poems  by  the  artist, 
signed,  Ex.Coll:  Lo  Chen-yu,  scholar,  archaeologist, 
and  writer  (1866-1940). 

Lent  by  Nelson  Gallery  of  Art  and  Atkins  Museum, 
Kansas'  City,  Missouri. 

65.  RIVER  LANDSCAPE,  il.  p.  87. 

Handscroll;  ink  and  slight  color  on  paper; 
L,  24'  7j4";  H.  12/4".  Inscription  and  signature  of 
the  artist,  2  artist's  seals  (1  similar  to  C  &  W.,  p. 
327,  no.  2).  Publ:  Alan  Priest,  4t River — for  an 
Elder  Brother,"  Bulletin  of  The  Metropolitan 
Museum  of  Artf  March,  1947, 

Lent  by  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  New 
York. 


151 


CHOU  YUNG,  1476-1547,  Kiangsu 
(Suchou) 

66.  WINTER  MOUNTAINS  AND 
LONELY  TEMPLE,  AFTER  LI  T’ANG, 
il.  p.  92. 

Handscroll;  ink  on  paper;  L.  61%";  H.  1134". 
Inscription  and  signature  of  the  artist: 

In  1548  of  the  Chia  Ching  period,  in  the 
autumn  during  chrysanthemum  time,  painted 
at  “Love  the  Sun  Hall,"  signed,  Chou  Yung 
of  Sungling. 

2  artist’s  seals.  2  colophons,  the  2nd  by  Shen 
Shih  (Ch'ing-men),  a  painter  of  the  16th  c.  Publ: 
Bibl.  53,  vol.  15,  pi.  17. 

Lent  by  The  Toledo  Museum  of  Art. 

HSIEH  SHIH-CH’EN,  1487-after  1559, 
Kiangsu  (Suchou) 

67.  TIGER  HILL,  SUCHOU  (?),  il. 
p.  92. 

Handscroll;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  L.  81%"; 
H.  7%".  Signed  and  dated,  Fall,  1536;  2  artist's 
seals  (1  unrecorded,  1  similar  to  C  &  W.,  p.  398, 
no.  4).  3  colophons  with  4  seals,  1  colophon  by 
Wu  Hu-fan,  the  20th  c.  collector,  tentatively 
identifies  the  subject  as  Tiger  Hill. 

Lent  by  Walter  Hochstadter,  New  York. 

TUNG  CH’I-CH’ANG,  1555-1636,  Kiangsu 
(Sung-chiang) 

68.  LANDSCAPE  IN  THE  STYLE  OF 
CHANG  SENG- YU,  il.  p.  94. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  satin;  H.  30"; 
W.  13%".  Inscription  and  signature  of  the  artist 
with  2  seals. 

Lent  by  Mrs.  Brenda  Seligman,  London. 

69.  LANDSCAPE,  il.  p.  94. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  silk;  H.  56%"; 
W.  23%".  Inscription  and  signature  of  the  artist 
with  2  seals.  Publ:  Ausstellung  Chinesische  Malerei 
der  letzen  vier  Jahrhunderte ,  Hamburg,  1949-50, 
no.  51. 

Lent  by  Nu  Wa  Chai. 

CH’EN  CHI-JU,  1558-1639,  Kiangsu 

70.  EARLY  SNOW,  not  il. 

Handscroll;  ink  on  paper;  L.  47%";  H.  10%". 
Poem  and  signature  of  the  artist;  2  seals  of  the 
artist.  Ex.  Coll:  Hayashi,  Gojo. 

Lent  by  Seattle  Art  Museum,  Eugene  Fuller  Me¬ 
morial  Collection. 

LI  LIU-FANG,  1575-1629,  Anhui-Kiangsu 

71.  THIN  FOREST  AND  DISTANT 
MOUNTAINS,  il  p.  96. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  on  paper;  H.  45";  W.  15%". 
Signed,  2  seals  of  the  artist  (C  &  W.,  p.  151,  nos. 
11,  15): 


Sparse  forest  and  distant  mountains  have 
always  attracted  me. 

We  have  inherited  the  brush  tradition  of 
Ni  Tsan; 

In  the  South  of  the  City,  there  lives  a  quiet 
man, 

Who  paints  the  spring  breeze  in  a  section 
of  a  stream. 

— tr.  by  Wen  Fong 
Publ:  Bibl.  26,  p.  674.  The  Cleveland  Museum  of 
Art,  John  L.  Severance  Collection. 

SHENG  MAO-YEH  (Mao-hua),  act.  ca. 
1634,  Kiangsu  (Suchou) 

72.  LONELY  RETREAT  BENEATH 
TALL  TREES,  il.  p.  97. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  slight  color  on  silk; 
H.  71";  W.  36%".  Inscription  and  2  seals  of  the 
artist  (C  &  W.,  p.  369,  nos.  1,  3);  dated  1630, 
“Small  spring”  (10th  month).  3  seals  at  lower 
left  of  Liu  Shu  (1759-1816),  C  &  W.,  p.  617,  nos. 
15,  31,  23. 

Lent  by  Walter  Hochstadter,  New  York. 

CH’ENG  CHENG-KUEI,  act.  ca.  1630-50, 
Kiangsu-Hupei 

73.  MOUNTAINOUS  LANDSCAPE,  il. 
p.  99. 

Handscroll;  ink  on  paper;  L.  9'  3";  H.  7%". 
Dated  1646.  Colophon  by  Wang  Ch’en. 

Lent  by  The  Art  Institute  of  Chicago. 

74.  WALKING  IN  A  MOUNTAIN  AND 
WATER  LANDSCAPE,  not  il. 

Handscroll;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  L.  80%"; 
H.  8i%s".  Beginning  inscription  and  1  seal  by 
the  artist;  ending  signature  and  2  seals  of  the 
artist  (C  &  W.,  p.  370,  nos.  5,  8,  9);  dated  1674. 
One  collector’s  seal  on  painting;  1  colophon  with 
2  seals. 

Lent  by  Walter  Hochstadter,  New  York. 

LAN  YING,  1585-after  1657,  Chekiang 
(Hangchou) 

75.  RIVER  LANDSCAPE  IN  THE 
STYLE  OF  FOUR  EARLY  MASTERS, 
il.  p.  100. 

Handscroll;  ink  and  color  on  gold-flecked  paper; 
L.  21';  H.  10%".  Artist’s  inscription: 

If  Chi-ho,  my  senior  in  literary  pursuits,  is 
not  occupied  in  his  research  of  the  Six  Classics, 
he  is  absorbed  in  the  study  of  the  Six  Can¬ 
ons,  which  forms  the  background  of  the 
art  of  painting  and  calligraphy.  Once  when 
I  returned  from  a  trip  to  Pei-yueh  mountains, 
Chi-ho  came  to  my  house.  As  the  rainy  season 
started  then,  he  was  unable  to  leave  for  his 
home.  While  he  was  spending  quiet  days 
with  me,  he  produced  this  paper  and  asked 
me  to  paint  in  the  different  manners  of  the 
four  masters,  Tung  Yuan,  Huang  Kung-wang, 


152 


Wang  Meng,  and  Wu  Chen.  In  ten  days  I 
completed  this  picture.  Now  I  beg  Chi -ho  to 
correct  my  imperfections.  The  work  is  un¬ 
worthy  to  be  placed  before  such  a  learned 
friend. 

Done  in  the  year  of  Chia-tzu  (1624). 

5  collectors'  seals;  6  I9th-c.  colophons.  Ex.Goll: 
M.  Rato,  Tokyo.  Publ:  Bibl.  57,  vol.  2;  26,  p.  705 
(complete). 

Lent  by  Seattle  Art  Museum,  Eugene  Fuller  Me¬ 
morial  Collection. 

76.  OLD  TREES  BY  THE  WATER,  il. 
p.  97. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  H. 
50^4";  W.  151/5".  Inscription  and  2  seals  of  the 
artist  (G  Sc  W.,  p.  490r  nos.  10,  5  [similar]);  dated 
1652. 

Lent  by  Eli  Lilly,  Indianapolis. 

TING  YUN-FENG,  act  ca.  1584-1618, 
Anhui 

77.  THE  LUTE  SONG:  SAYING  FARE¬ 
WELL  AT  HSUN-YANGj  il,  p,  101, 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  H, 
55^/5";  W.  18i/5",  Signature  and  2  seals  of  the 
artist  (C  Sc  W,f  p.  1,  nos,  5,  6);  dated  1585.  The 
picture  illustrates  the  Lute  Song  of  Po  Chu-i  (see 
58)  written  above  the  painting,  with  2  seals,  1 
collector's  seal  on  painting. 

Lent  by  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  New 
York. 

WANG  CHIEN -CHI  ANG,  act.  ca.  1644, 
Fukien 

78.  SPRING  COMES  TO  A  CLIFF 
OVER  THE  RIVER,  not  il. 

Handscroll;  ink  and  color  on  gold  paper;  L. 
3 8 14 ";  H.  7^1  a".  Title  and  signature  of  the 
artist  with  2  seals.  Ex. Coll:  Kuwana,  Kyoto, 

Lent  by  Seattle  Art  Museum,  Gift  of  Mrs,  John  C. 
Attwood,  Jr. 

KU  I-TEH,  died  1685 

79.  ENJOYING  THE  MOON  FROM 
THE  BRIDGE  OVER  THE  BROOK,  il. 

p.  101. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  H, 
60S/J";  W.  19l£".  Inscription  of  the  artist  with  2 
seals;  dated  1628;  copied  “after  Wang  Meng**  (see 
30).  Colophon  by  Tung  Gh'i-ch'ang  with  2  seals; 
2  seals  of  Liang  Chhng-piao  (162G-1691),  Publ: 
Bibl  34. 

Lent  by  The  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  New 
York. 

WEI  CHIH-KO,  act.  ca.  1620,  Hopci- 
Nanking 

80.  THOUSAND  HILLS  RIVALING  IN 
BEAUTY  TEN  THOUSAND  STREAMS 
COMPETING  IN  SPEED,  not  il. 


Handscroll;  color  on  paper;  L.  270i^";  H, 
7iHflJ*-  Inscription  of  the  artist: 

Painted  on  the  first  day  of  the  second  month 
of  the  year  Chia  Tsu  (1624)  of  the  reign  of 
T'ien  Chi  (1621-1627)  by  Wei  Chih-ko  from 
Chulu. 

2  seals  of  the  artist. 

Lent  by  The  Toledo  Museum  of  Art, 

YUN  HSIANG  (Tao-sheng),  1586-1655, 
Kiangsu 

81,  LANDSCAPE  AFTER  NI  TSAN, 
not  il. 

Folding  fan;  ink  on  coated  paper;  L,  201/5"; 
H.  6 1/5".  Inscription  with  2  seals  of  the  artist  (C 
&  W.,  p.  355,  nos,  1,  2).  Ex.Coll;  T.  Tomioka, 
Lent  by  Howard  Hollis  and  Company,  Cleveland. 

CHANG  HUNG,  1580-ca.  1660,  Kiangsu 
{Suchou} 

82,  VIEWS  OF  THE  CHIH  GARDEN 
IN  SUCHOU,  not  il 

Album  painting;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  H, 
1234";  W.  1334"-  Inscription  of  the  artist  on  first 
leaf; 

Chih  Yuan  T’u  (Views  of  the  Chih  Garden), 
Inscription  of  the  artist  on  last  leaf: 

T'ien  Chi  Ting  Mao  (1627)  painted  for  Hui 
Ghih  (by)  Wumen  (Suchou)  Chang  Hung. 

2  seals  of  the  artist  on  each  page  (C  &  W.,  p,  275, 
nos.  1,  2). 

Lent  by  Walter  Hochstadter,  New  York. 

WANG  CHIEN,  1598-1677,  Kiangsu 

83,  CLOUDS,  VALLEYS  AND  THE 
SHADOW  OF  PINES,  il,  p.  103, 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  on  paper;  H.  3434":  W. 
1434"*  Inscription  of  the  artist: 

Imitation  of  Wang  Meng,  Clouds  and  Valleys 
and  the  Shadow  of  Pines  in  the  I  Ya  Ko, 
dated  Spring,  4th  month,  1660,  signed  Wang 
Chien. 

I  seal  of  the  artist,  1  seal  of  Pi  Lung  (18c.),  C  & 
W,,  p.  601;  1  unidentified  seal. 

Lent  by  The  Bamboo  Studio,  New  York, 

WANG  HUI,  1632-1717,  Kiangsu 

84,  BAMBOO  GROVE  AND  DISTANT 
MOUNTAINS,  il.  p.  103. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  on  paper;  H.  31^"; 
W,  151/5"  Inscription  and  2  seals  of  the  artist 
(C  k  W„  p.  67,  nos.  25,  54): 

In  the  old  days.  Wen  Hu-ehou  (Wen  T'ung, 
d.  1079)  painted  a  scroll  called  *‘A  Horizontal 
View  of  Sung  Ssu  Lin  in  the  Evening  Mist/' 
The  strength  of  its  brush  is  not  interior  to 
Kuo  Hsi;  and  the  bamboos  between  the 
trees  and  rocks  are  beyond  the  usual  criteria  of 
brush  and  ink  since  they  are  the  direct  over¬ 
flow  of  the  artist's  feelings.  Wen’s  descendant 
Mr.  Wen  Kuang-wen  has  asked  me  for  a 
painting  of  lean  bamboos  and  distant  raoun- 


153 


tains.  It  is  a  pity  that  my  brush  cannot  be 
compared  with  Kuo  (Hsi),  nor  is  it  anywhere 
near  that  of  Hu-chou.  These  few  traces  of 
rough  brush  can  only  be  taken  as  an  ex¬ 
pression  of  a  moment’s  interest  painted  for 
gratifying  Mr.  Wen  Kuang-wen’s  graciousness. 
— Huang-hao-Shan-Chung-jen,  Wang  Meng 
(d.  1385) 

Chia  Hsu  (1694),  ninth  month,  copied  for 
Master  Ni-weng  at  Chang-an,  Wang  Hui 
— tr.  by  Wen  Fong 
Ex.Coll:  P’ang  Yuan-ch’i  (20th  c.).  Publ:  Master - 
pieces  of  Chinese  Painting:  Collection  of  P’ang 
Shu-chai,  Shanghai,  1940,  vol.  Ill,  no.  11,  as 
“Distant  Ravines  and  Long  Bamboos.”  The  Cleve¬ 
land  Museum  of  Art,  John  L.  Severance  Collection. 

WANG  YUAN-CH’I,  1642-1715,  Kiangsu 

85.  MOUNTAIN  AND  RIVER  LAND¬ 
SCAPE,  il.  p.  105. 

p.  101. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  on  paper;  H.  4'  4i/6"; 
W.  231/6".  Signed  and  dated  1701;  after  the  style 
of  Huang  Kung-wang  of  the  Yuan  Dynasty;  3 
seals  of  the  artist  (C  &  W.,  p.  40,  nos.  55,  37,  41). 
1  unidentified  collector’s  seal. 

Lent  by  The  Art  Institute  of  Chicago. 

86.  LANDSCAPE  AFTER  NI  TSAN,  il. 

p.  106. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  H. 
31  $4";  W.  17i/6".  Inscription  and  4  seals  of  the 
artist  (C  &  W.,  p.  40,  nos.  37,  39,  63): 

Painted  after  attending  the  Emperor  and 
returning  by  boat  (a  common  practice). 
Painted  in  color  after  Ni  Tsan,  4th  month, 
1707.  Signed  Lu-t’ai. 

Ex.Coll:  P’ang  Yuan-ch’i,  Shanghai,  1  seal.  Publ: 
Masterpieces  of  Chinese  Painting:  Collection  of 
P’ang  Shu-chai,  Shanghai,  1940,  vol.  1,  no.  14.  The 
Cleveland  Museum  of  Art,  John  L.  Severance 
Collection. 

HUANG  TING,  1660-1730,  Kiangsu 

87.  MOUNTAIN  IN  FALL,  AFTER 
WANG  MENG,  il.  p.  108. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  slight  color  on  paper; 
H.  63^";  W.  26".  2  seals  of  the  artist  and 
inscription: 

1697,  summer,  painted  after  Wang  Shu-ming’s 
“Mountain  in  Fall”  in  the  studio  named 
Ch’in-yun-shu-wu,  by  Huang  Ting  of  Yu-shan. 
4  colophons  with  8  seals;  2  collectors’  seals. 

Lent  by  Honolulu  Academy  of  Arts. 

CHANG  TSUNG-TS’ANG,  1686-1756, 
Kiangsu  (Suchou) 

88.  LANDSCAPE,  il.  p.  109. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  H. 
16%";  W.  123/6".  2  seals  of  the  artist  (“respect¬ 
fully”  and  “paint”)  and  inscription: 

Your  minister  Chang  Tsung-ts’ang  has  re¬ 
spectfully  painted. 


Poem  by  Ch’icn  Lung  Emperor  dated  Fall,  1768; 
8  seals  of  Ch’ien  Lung;  1  seal  of  Chia  Ch’ing. 
Ex.Coll:  T.  Tomioka.  Publ:  Naito,  Shina  Kaigashi, 
opp.  p.  170. 

Lent  by  Howard  Hollis  and  Company,  Cleveland. 

YUAN  CHIANG,  act.  ca.  1743,  Kiangsu 

89.  CARTS  ON  A  WINDING  MOUN¬ 
TAIN  ROAD,  il.  p.  110. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  silk;  H.  71i/6"; 
W.  363/6".  Signature  and  2  seals  of  the  artist  (C 
&  W.,  p.  250,  nos.  4,  5);  dated  1754. 

Lent  by  Nelson  Gallery  of  Art  and  Atkins  Museum, 
Kansas  City,  Missouri. 

WU  LI,  1632-1718,  Kiangsu  (Shanghai) 

90.  RECITING  POETRY  BEFORE 
THE  YELLOWING  OF  AUTUMN, 
il.  p.  111. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  on  paper;  H.  53^4";  W.  25". 
2  artist’s  seals  (C  &  W,  p.  131,  nos.  3,  12)  and 
inscription  signed: 

The  Yu-shan  disciple  (follower),  Wu  Li. 

The  poem  and  the  painting  were  executed  as  a 
present  to  “the  old  man  of  T’ai-yuan,  Chiao  Cheng. 
1  collector’s  seal. 

Lent  by  The  Bamboo  Studio,  New  York. 

91.  MYRIAD  VALLEYS  AND  THE 
FLAVOR  OF  PINES,  il.  p.  113. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  H. 
43i/4";  W.  10-%6"‘  Title:  “Wan  Tsu  Sung  Feng 
T’u”  (see  above)  written  by  the  artist.  Signed  Mo 
Cheng  Tao  Jen  with  1  of  the  artist’s  seals;  1 
seal  of  the  artist  at  lower  right  (C  &  W.,  p.  131, 
nos.  2,  17).  Five  unidentified  seals,  possibly  one 
of  these  at  lower  left  belongs  to  Po  Er-tu,  ca.  1700. 
At  one  time  the  painting  had  5  Imperial  Ch’ien 
Lung  seals  (?),  since  removed.  The  Cleveland 
Museum  of  Art,  John  L.  Severance  Collection. 

YUN  SHOU-P’ING  (Cheng-shu),  1633- 
1690,  Kiangsu 

92.  SONG  OF  THE  LILY  FLOWERS 
AND  CYPRESS  LEAVES,  il.  p.  114. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  H. 
54  j4";  W.  263/6".  Poem  (see  title)  and  2  seals  of 
the  artist  (C  Sc  W,  p.  356,  nos.  46,  45);  dated  1676, 
summer  solstice.  1  unidentified  collector’s  seal. 
Lent  by  Walter  Hochstadter,  New  York. 

K’UN  TS’AN  (Shih-ch’i),  act.  ca.  1665, 
Hunan-Nanking 

93.  RETREAT  FROM  SUMMER 
HEAT,  il.  p.  117. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  H. 
433/6";  W.  143/6".  Poem  and  signature  of  the 
artist,  Shih-ch’i-tsan-tao-cha;  3  seals  of  the  artist 
(C  Sc  W.,  p.  392,  nos.  11,  9).  1  unidentified  seal. 
Ex.  Coll:  P’ang  Yuan-sh’i  (1  seal).  Rec:  Hsu  Chai 
Ming  Hua  Lu  X/16,  under  Shih-ch'i  (P’ang  Yuan- 
ch’i  catalog).  Publ:  Masterpieces  of  Chinese  Paint - 


154 


ing:  Collection  of  P'mg  Shu-chai,  Shanghai,  1940, 
vol.  II,  no.  12. 

Lent  by  Walter  Hochstadter*  New  York. 

TAO-CHI  (Shih-t’aoJj  before  1645-after 
1704,  Honan 

94.  MIN  RIVER  LANDSCAPE,  il*  p* 
118. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  slight  color  on  paper; 
H.  153/6";  W.  20%fl"f  Poem  by  the  artist,  slightly 
garbled  and  incomplete*  recorded  in:  Colophons 
of  Chfing-hsiang4ao*ien  by  Wang  Men-shan  (18th 
c.);  Chronology  of  Shih-t’ao  Shang-jen  by  Fu  Pao- 
shih*  Shanghai*  1948*  The  poem  reads: 

Under  the  Yangtzu  Bridge,  where  the  river 
overflows, 

The  willow- tendrils  show  forth  their  hue,  in¬ 
sensitive  to  man's  grey  hair*1 2 3 * 

Throughout  Spring,  rain  and  snow  have  kept 
awray  the  scenery  lovers; 

Yet  throughout  Ch 'ing- Ming  season*  the  plum- 
blossoms  will  preserve  and  flourish*® 

Aging  and  being  useless,  I  have  grown 
attached  to  my  friends; 

But  year  after  year,  my  friends  have  di¬ 
minished  like  stars  and  sea-gulls. 

Suddenly  Master  Wang  turns  to  me  with  an 
astonishing  statement  of  his  mind, 

I  will  therefore  here  give  him  my  observation 
of  the  Min  River*" 

Please  leave  me  aside  now  and  look  at  my 
painting* 

Before  your  eyes*  you  will  see  hills  and  valleys 
in  one  sweep* 

Thousands  and  ten-thousands  of  miles  are 
shown  at  the  tip  of  my  brush; 

They  are  not  ink*  nor  mist,  but  a  rather  pre¬ 
sumptuous  message; 

Your  respected  father  is  a  great  man  of  a 
hundred  eras, 

One  word  of  his  spoken  to  the  Emperor  could 
result  in  storm  and  thunder* 

The  Emperor  has  bestowed  on  him  much  ex¬ 
traordinary  kindness; 

And  he  is  now  coming  south  with  the  wishes 
of  the  palace. 

(Would  he  remember)  how  much  poverty  is 
awaiting  him  for  relief? 

The  poor  will  count  on  his  efforts  as  the 
Imperial  mediator* 

Ting  Ch'ou  (1697)*  Spring,  write  the  colo¬ 
phon  on  the  painting  to  give  it  to  Master 
Wang  Mu-t7ing,  who  is  to  leave  for  Min -hah 
also  presenting  a  thought  to  his  excellency* 
the  Imperial  Emissary  Po-hsueh,  (signed) 
Ch’ing-hsiang-lao-jen,  Chi*  at  Ta-ti-T’ang. 

— tr.  by  Wen  Fong 


1*  Willow- leaves  swing  with  the  wind*  therefore 
are  taken  as  symbol  of  lack  of  integrity  and  will¬ 
fulness.  Here*  they  are  used  to  hint  at  the 
yielding  subjects  of  the  Manchu  overlords* 

2.  The  pium- blossom,  the  national  flower  of 
Republican  China*  is  traditionally  the  symbol  of 
purity*  faithfulness*  and  grace. 

3,  Min  River  is  in  the  modern  province  of 

Fukien. 


1  seal  of  the  artist  following  the  inscription.  2 
unidentified  seals*  The  Cleveland  Museum  of  Art* 
John  L.  Severance  Collection. 

95.  LANDSCAPE  ALBUM  WITH 
SCENES  OF  TRAVEL,  iL  p*  120. 

Album  paintings  (7);  ink  and  color  on  paper; 
H.  8";  W,  131/J".  Seven  leaves  of  originally  over 
thirty.  They  were  painted  for  Huang  Yen-lu  who 
apparently  composed  or  selected  the  accompanying 
poems  written  by  the  artist  with  additional  com¬ 
ment,  signature,  and  seals  (C  &  W*  p.  425,  nos*  4* 
5,  9*  13,  16).  The  original  leaves  as  a  group  are 
reported  to  be  recorded  in  Pi  Hsiao  Hsien  Shu 

Hua  Lu *  a  record  book  of  the  K'ang  Hsi  reign. 

Additional  colophons  were  added  in  1790  by 
Wang  Wen-chih. 

Lent  by  Richard  B.  Hobart*  Cambridge*  Massachu¬ 
setts* 

96.  LANDSCAPE  ALBUM  WITH 
POEMS  AND  ESSAYS,  il.  p.  1 17. 

2  album  paintings;  ink  and  color  on  paper 

(leaf  no*  9)*  ink  on  paper  (leaf  no.  12);  H.  lSs/J"; 
W.  12%o".  Inscriptions  and  seals  of  the  artist 

(C  &  W*  p.  425,  nos.  9,  14,  16). 

Leaf  no.  9*  H'Retreat  under  a  Cliff:17 

Before  the  ancients  established  the  models, 
we  know  not  what  kind  of  model  they  fol¬ 
lowed*  Once  the  ancients  had  established  the 
models,  the  later  people  let  themselves  be¬ 
come  the  slaves  of  the  ancient  models.  Then 
for  hundreds  and  thousands  of  years  the 
later  people  have  been  unable  to  rise  above 
the  ordinary*  Because  they  try  to  imitate  the 
footmarks*  rather  than  the  spirit  of  the 
ancients,  they  can  never  rise  above  the 
ordinary*  It  is  indeed  sad* 

Leaf  no.  12,  "Mountain  Path:” 

The  way  (of  painting)  requires  penetration. 
By  means  of  free  brushwork  in  sweeping 
manner  the  thousand  peaks  and  the  ten 
thousand  valleys  may  be  seen  at  a  glance. 
As  one  looks  at  (the  painting)  fearsome 
lightning  and  driving  cloud  seem  to  come 
from  it.  With  which  (of  these  great  names) 
Ching  or  Kuan*  Tung  or  Chu*  Ni  or  Huang, 
Shen  or  Chao,  could  such  a  picture  be  asso¬ 
ciated?  I  have  seen  works  of  very  famous 
masters*  but  they  all  follow  certain  models 
or  certain  schools.  How  can  I  explain  that 
in  both  writing  and  painting  nature  endows 
each  individual  with  peculiarity  and  each 
generation  with  its  own  responsibility? 
Ta-ti-tzu  (Tao-chi)  presents  this  to  Hsiao- 
weng  that  he  may  laugh  at  my  work*  In 
the  second  month  of  the  year  of  kuei-wet 
(corresponding  to  1703)  at  Ch 'ing- lien -ts'ao 
Pavilion* 

Ex.Coll:  Ma  Yueh-lu  (1 8th  c.);  Ch’en  Teh-yeh  and 
Wang  Chi-chuan  (20th  c.)  Pub!:  Bihl*  74,  from 
which  translations  arc  taken* 

Lent  by  Museum  of  Fine  Arts*  Boston* 

97.  LANDSCAPE  ALBUM,  il*  p.  117* 

Album  paintings;  ink  and  light  color  on  paper; 
H,  91/2":  W.  11"*  Signed:  Ku-kua-ho-shang*  Ch'i; 
2  seals  of  the  artist  (C  Sc  W*  p*  425,  nos.  2*  3). 


155 


PubI:  Bibl.  11,  where  4  other  leaves  are  re¬ 
produced;  Ausstellung  Chinesische  Malerei  15-20 , 
Jahrhundertj  Kunstsammlungen  der  Stadt  Dussel- 
dorf*  1950,  No,  100. 

Lent  by  Nu  Wa  Chai. 

CHU  TA  (Pa-ta-shan-jen),  1626-ca.  1705, 
Kiangsu 

98.  LANDSCAPE  AFTER  KUO 
CHUNG-SHU,  il.  p.  124, 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  on  paper;  H.  43j4";  W. 
22%^w.  Inscription  of  the  artist,  signed  Pa-ta-shan- 
jen;  3  artist’s  seals  (C  &  W,  p.  106,  nos.  1,  6P  12), 

3  collectors'  seals  at  lower  right:  Huang  (?); 

4  seals  of  Chang  Tachiert  (20th  c.). 

Lent  by  Walter  Hochstadter,  New  York, 

99.  LANDSCAPE,  il  p.  125, 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  H. 
69^4";  W.  36^4".  Signed  Pa-ta-shan-jen;  3  seals 
of  the  artist  (C  &  W,  p.  106,  nos.  14,  15,  16).  Puhl: 
Chinesische  Gemalde  der  Ming-und  Ch'ing'teitj 
Greven  Verlag  Koln,  1950;  Ausstellung  Chinesische 
Malerei  der  tetzen  vier  Jahrhunderte,  Hamburg, 
1949-50,  No,  88. 

Lent  by  Nu  Wa  GhaL 

KUNG  HSIEN  (Pan-ch’ien),  act.  ca.  1656- 
1682,  Kiangsu-Nanking 

100.  MOUNTAIN  LANDSCAPE,  not  il, 

Harcdscroll;  ink  on  paper;  L.  3V  10";  W.  IOi^". 
Ex. Coll:  Lo  Chen-yu,  scholar  and  collector,  1866- 
1940. 

Lent  by  Nelson  Gallery  of  Art  and  Atkins  Museum, 
Kansas  City,  Missouri. 

101.  LANDSCAPE  ALBUM,  il.  p.  126. 

Album  paintings;  ink  on  paper;  H.  8i/g”;  W. 
20 Title  pages  (2)  with  2  seals  of  the  artist 
(G  &  W,  p.  510,  nos,  15,  16);  1  colophon  by  the 
artist,  dated  Autumn,  1678;  each  leaf  with  1  seal 
of  the  artist  (C  k  W,  p,  510,  no.  19). 

Lent  by  Frank  Caro,  successor  to  C.  T,  Loo,  New 
York. 

HSIAO  YUN-TS'UNGj  1596-1673,  Anhui 

102.  CLEAR  SOUNDS  AMONG  HILLS 
AND  WATERS,  il.  p.  127. 

Handscroll;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  L,  25' 
1%"\  W.  12i/z".  Title;  "Shan  Shui  Ch’ing  Yin” 
written  by  Shen  Feng,  dated  1744;  poem,  inscrip¬ 
tion,  signature,  and  1  seal  of  the  artist;  dated  1664. 
1st  colophon  after  title  by  Chiang  Pu-lo  with  2 
seals  (C  &  W,  p.  173);  2nd  colophon  after  title 
by  Wang  Ching-wei,  dated  1943;  1st  colophon  after 
the  painting  mentions  "brush  of  Ni  (Tsan)  and 
Huang  (Rung-wang)/’  dated  Winter,  181 L  Signed 
Hsin  An-Hsiang  ChihTan;  2nd  colophon  dated 
1858.  Seals  of  Chang  Yun-Chung  19th-20th  c.)  The 
Cleveland  Museum  of  Art,  John  L.  Severance 
Collection. 


103.  ASKING  FOR  THE  FORD,  il.  p. 
128. 

Fan  painting;  water  color  on  paper;  L,  2 3%"; 
H.  7*4".  Signed  Ch'ih  Mu,  Hsiao  Yun-ts'img;  seal 
Chih-mu;  dated  1672.  1  unidentified  seal.  The 
title  given  by  the  artist  refers  to  the  Analects  of 
Confucius,  X.VIII/6,  in  the  sense  of  asking  "what 
is  my  way  in  life?"  The  subject  seems  to  refer 
also  to  the  legend  of  the  Magic  Peach  Garden 
(see  the  poem  by  Wang  Wei,  tr.  by  Soame  Jen y ns. 
Selections  from  the  Three  Hundred  Poems  of  the 
T’ang  Dynasty f  London,  1940,  p.  106).  Ex. Coll: 
T.  Tomioka.  Publ,  k  il:  Naito  (see  88),  If.  p.  154, 
Lent  by  Seattle  Art  Museum,  Eugene  Fuller 
Memorial  Collection. 

HUNG-JEN,  act  ca.  1700,  Anhui 

104,  THE  COMING  OF  AUTUMN, 
il.  p.  129. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  on  paper;  H,  48";  W.  24^". 
Poem,  signature  and  seal  of  the  artist: 

In  season  comes  the  time  for  desolation; 

A  wooden  hut  is  simple  peace; 

A  mountain  wind  is  off  the  mountain  stream. 
And  in  cold  consonance  are  heard  the  stalks 
and  branches, 

Chien-ehiang,  Huog-jen. 

— tr.  by  R.  Edwards 
2  unidentified  collectors1  seals.  Publ:  C,  C.  Wang, 
"Introduction  to  Chinese  Painting,”  Archives  of 
the  Chinese  Art  Society  of  America ,  vol.  II,  1947, 

fig.  11. 

Lent  by  Walter  Hochstadter,  New  York. 

CH’A  SHIH-PIAOj  1615-1698,  Anhui- 
Kiangsu 

105.  THE  RETREAT  IN  THE 
MOUTH  OF  THE  VALLEY,  il.  p.  130. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  slight  color  on  paper; 
H.  78^4";  W.  30i/2".  Inscription,  poem,  and  2 
seals  of  the  artist.  3  unidentified  collectors’  seals. 
Lent  by  Eli  Lilly,  Indianapolis. 

106,  LANDSCAPE,  not  il. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  on  paper;  H,  69";  W.  26s/", 
Inscription  and  2  seals  of  the  artist. 

Lent  by  Richard  B.  Hobart,  Cambridge,  Massachu¬ 
setts. 

107.  LANDSCAPE  ALBUM  IN  VARI¬ 
OUS  STYLES,  not  il. 

Album  paintings;  ink,  ink  and  color  on  paper; 
H,  W.  12$"  (average — vary  in  size).  Dated 

1684.  Leaf  no.  5:  "after  Wang  Meng  original;” 
leaf  no.  6:  "Cha  Shih-piao  learning  from  Wu 
Chen.”  2  colophons. 

Lent  by  Frank  Caro,  successor  to  C»  T.  Loo,  New 
York. 

MEI  CHTNG,  1623-1697,  Anhui 

108,  ALBUM  OF  YELLOW  MOUN¬ 
TAIN  VIEWS,  il,  p.  132. 

Album  paintings;  ink,  ink  and  color  on  paper; 
H.  10i%6";  W.  133/s".  Dated  1695;  seals  of  the 


156 


artist  (C  &  W,  p.  306,  nos.  1,  2,  22,  26,  27),  3 
unrecorded.  5  colophons  by  Mei  Ch’ing;  3  com¬ 
mentary  colophons,  with  6  seals.  Leaf  no.  2:  “after 
Shen  Chou”;  no.  3  (il.  p.  ):  “after  Chao 
Meng-fu”;  no.  6:  “after  Ma  Yao-fu  (?)”;  no. 
7:  “in  Liu  Sung-nien’s  hamlet”;  no.  8:  “after  Kao 
K’o-kung”;  no.  9:  “yellow  mountains  in  style  of 
Wang  Meng”. 

Lent  by  Frank  Caro,  successor  to  C.  T.  Loo,  New 
York. 

109.  LANDSCAPE  ALBUM,  il.  p.  131. 

Album  paintings;  ink,  ink  and  color  on  paper; 
H.  Ill/";  W.  17i4".  8  different  seals  of  the 
artist  (C  Sc  W,  p.  306,  nos.  1,  2,  22,  26,  27),  3 
unrecorded. 

Lent  by  Richard  B.  Hobart,  Cambridge,  Massachu¬ 
setts. 


HUA  YEN,  ca.  1680-1755,  Fukien-Kiangsu 
(Yangchou) -Chekiang  (Hangchou) 

110.  CONVERSATION  IN  AUTUMN, 
il.  p.  134. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  H. 
45^4";  W.  155/8".  Inscription  of  the  artist: 

Brush  and  idea  of  Yuan  masters. 
Hsin-lo-shan-jen. 

Dated  Winter,  1732;  2  seals  of  the  artist:  Hua 
Yen;  Ch’iu  Yueh  (C  Sc  W,  p.  381,  nos.  5,  4).  1  of 
the  three  colophons  on  the  mounting  is  dated 
1825.  Publ:  Bibl.  53,  vol.  10,  pi.  137.  The  Cleve¬ 
land  Museum  of  Art,  John  L.  Severance  Collection. 

111.  ENJOYMENT  OF  THE  CHRYS¬ 
ANTHEMUM  FLOWERS,  il.  p.  136. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  H. 
25^4";  W.  45%6".  Inscription  and  2  seals  of  the 
artist  (C  &  W,  p.  381,  nos.  5,  15);  dated  1753. 
Lent  by  City  Art  Museum  of  St.  Louis. 

CHIN  NUNG,  1687-1764,  Chekiang- 
Kiangsu  ( Hangchou- Y angchou ) 

112.  ALBUM  WITH  FIGURES  AND 
LANDSCAPE,  il.  p.  136. 

Album  paintings;  ink  drawing  on  paper;  H. 
12»4";  W.  17".  Dated  1759;  inscriptions  on  each 
page  are  the  artist’s  own  poetry. 

1  artist’s  seal,  Chin-lao-ting  (similar  to  C  &  W, 
p.  201,  no.  14). 

Lent  by  Honolulu  Academy  of  Arts. 

HUANG  SHEN,  1687-after  1768,  Fukien- 
Kiangsu 

1 13.  ALBUM  OF  FOUR  LANDSCAPES 
AND  FOUR  FIGURE  SUBJECTS,  il.  p. 
137. 

Album  paintings;  ink  and  color  on  silk;  H. 
12 w*  Dated  Summer  month,  15th 

year  of  Ch’ien  Lung  (1750);  inscription  and  2 
seals  of  the  artist  on  each  page. 

Lent  by  Richard  B.  Hobart,  Cambridge,  Massachu¬ 
setts. 


LI  SHIH-CHO,  act.  ca.  1741,  Korea 

114.  LANDSCAPE  WITH  A  WATER¬ 
FALL,  il.  p.  140. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  on  paper;  H.  35 W. 
16*4".  Inscription  by  the  artist: 

Ching  Hao  called  himself  Hung  Ku-tzu  and 
wrote  an  essay  titled  Shan  Shui  Chu.  He  had 
once  boastfully  criticized  that  Wu  Tao-tzu 
has  brush  but  no  ink,  and  Hsiang  Yung  has 
ink  but  no  brush.  Therefore  Hung  Ku  (Ching 
Hao)  has  mastered  both  ink  and  brush,  and 
later  Kuan  Tung  followed  him.  They  are 
the  tops  of  the  T’ang  and  Sung  masters.  I 
am  here  imitating  the  merits  of  Ching  Hao, 
and  have  discarded  his  weaknesses. 

Li  Shih-cho. 


— tr.  by  Wen  Fong 
3  seals  of  the  artist  (C  Sc  W,  p.  144,  no.  25),  2 
unrecorded.  6  collectors’  seals.  The  Cleveland 
Museum  of  Art,  John  L.  Severance  Collection. 


CHANG  TAO-WU,  18th  c.,  unrecorded  ( ?) 

1 1 5.  LANDSCAPE  IN  BLOSSOM 
TIME,  il.  p.  138. 

Handscroll;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  L.  4'  6"; 

H.  13»4".  Poem  by  the  artist: 

The  lights  in  the  water  joining  the  light  above 
the  hill. 

I  have  painted  my  old  thatched  huts  in 
Chiang-chou. 

The  houses  lean  closely  to  my  plum  trees, 

I  vaguely  see  my  beloved  one  reflected  in  the 
waters. 

The  spirits  of  a  politician  are  not  comparable 
to  those  of  calm  icy-souls. 

A  lonely  traveler  can  only  dream  about  the 
fragrance  of  those  “Jade  bones”. 

I  have  a  home,  but  cannot  go  back  there. 

Instead,  I  paint  for  your  Excellency  a  picture 
of  my  home. 

Returning  from  examination  Halls,  my  trials 
have  not  been  successful, 

I  am  ashamed  to  make  a  living  on  paintings. 

The  old  trees  under  the  projected  roofs  are 
natural  subjects  for  painting, 

A  world  full  of  rich  grandeur  is  not  what 
I  dare  to  fight  for. 

A  disappointed  scholar  should  return  home 
to  become  a  cook. 

I  remember  a  faint  fragrance  which  had 
always  accompanied  my  loud  reading  and 
good  books. 

Someday  when  I  completely  chew  the  plum 
blossom  petals, 

I  will  just  be  a  chief-cook  in  the  mountains. 

Shui-wu-Tao-jen,  Chang  Tao-wu. 

— tr.  by  Wen  Fong 

Dated  1793;  4  artist’s  seals.  Collectors’  seals. 

Lent  by  Seattle  Art  Museum.  Gift  of  Mr.  and  Mrs. 

Frank  S.  Bayley,  Jr. 
p.  242. 


CH’IEN  TU,  1763-1850,  Chekiang 

116.  LONGINGS  TO  TRAVEL:  T  IEN 
T’AI,  not  il. 


157 


Handscroll;  ink  on  paper;  L.  43%6";  H.  8%6". 
Inscription  of  the  artist: 

Done  for  Chieh  Hang  at  his  request. 

Dated  15th  day,  1st  month,  1826;  3  artist’s  seals 
(C  &  W,  p.  464,  nos.  30,  13,  28).  7  other  seals; 
13  colophons,  the  2nd  dated  2nd  month,  1827. 
T’ien  T'ai  is  a  sacred  mountain  in  Chekiang 
province. 

Lent  by  Frank  Caro,  successor  to  C.  T.  Loo,  New 
York. 

117.  THE  BAMBOO  PAVILION  AT 
HUANG-KANG,  ii.  p.  141. 

Album  leaf  mounted  as  a  hanging  scroll;  ink 
and  slight  color  on  paper;  H.  9i/£";  W.  10j4". 
Signed  and  dated  1828  in  the  artist’s  colopnon 
mounted  above  the  picture;  2  seals  of  the  artist 
(C  &  W,  p.  464,  nos.  13,  21).  Ex.Coll:  T.  Tomioka. 
Publ:  Naito  (see  88),  opp.  p.  176;  Bibl.  57,  vol.  II, 
p.  242. 

Lent  by  Howard  Hollis  and  Company,  Cleveland. 

WESTERN  (EUROPEAN  AND  AMERI¬ 
CAN)  DRAWINGS  AND  WATER 
COLORS 

118.  THE  RAPIDS  OF  THE  DANUBE 
NEAR  GREIN,  il.  p.  46. 

By  Wolfgang  Huber;  German;  ca.  1490-1553. 
Pen  and  grey  ink;  drawing;  H.  6i/£";  W.  8 s/A". 
Dated  1531.  Ex.Coll:  Prince  Liechtenstein. 

Lent  by  National  Gallery  of  Art,  Washington,  D.C. 
(Rosenwald  Collection). 

119.  WALTERSBURG,  il.  p.  86. 

By  Pieter  Brueghel  the  Elder;  Flemish;  1525- 
1569.  Pen  and  brown  ink;  drawing;  H.  12^4"; 
W.  10^4".  Ex.  Coll:  James  Bowdoin,  III. 

Lent  by  Bowdoin  College  Museum  of  Fine  Arts. 
Brunswick,  Maine. 

120.  A  WINTER  LANDSCAPE,  il.  p. 
68. 

By  Rembrandt  Van  Ryn;  Dutch;  1606-1669.  Reed 
pen  and  bistre  wash;  drawing;  H.  254";  W.  6%6". 
Publ:  A.  M.  Hind,  Rembrandt ,  Cambridge,  1932, 
p.  Ill;  F.  Lugt,  Mit  Rembrandt  in  Amsterdam, 
Berlin,  1920,  p.  113,  Abb.  71. 

Lent  by  Fogg  Art  Museum,  Harvard  University, 
Cambridge,  Massachusetts. 

121.  SHIP  IN  A  TEMPEST,  il.  p.  123. 

By  Claude  Gell£e  (Claude  Lorrain);  French; 
1600-1682.  Ink  and  wash;  drawing;  H.  7^e";  W. 
9%6".  Ex.Coll:  Spencer;  Northwick;  Bateson; 


Oliver;  Harris;  Bareiss.  Liber  Veritatis,  vol.  Ill, 
no.  44;  Vasari  Society,  2nd  Series,  IX,  14. 

Lent  by  The  Dudley  Peter  Allen  Memorial  Art 
Museum,  Oberlin  College,  Oberlin,  Ohio. 

122.  LANDSCAPE  WITH  FIGURES,  il. 
p.  42. 

By  Claude  Gell£e  (Claude  Lorrain);  French; 
1600-1682.  Pen  and  bistre,  with  bistre  wash  over 
black  chalk;  drawing;  H.  10$4";  W.  15^4".  Publ: 
The  Bulletin  of  The  Cleveland  Museum  of  Art, 
June,  1928.  The  Cleveland  Museum  of  Art,  Gift 
of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Edward  B.  Greene. 

123.  ROCKY  CLIFF  AT  TIVOLI,  il.  p. 
110. 

By  Jan  Brueghel  the  Elder;  Flemish;  1628-after 
1662.  Pen  with  brown  ink  and  blue  and  gray  wash 
on  paper;  drawing;  H.  15";  W.  10^4".  The  Cleve¬ 
land  Museum  of  Art,  John  L.  Severance  Collection. 

124.  SCENE  IN  A  PARK,  il.  p.  132. 

By  Jean  Honors  Fragonard;  French;  1932-1806. 
Pen  and  water  color;  drawing;  H.  7^4";  W.  9%". 
Publ:  The  Bulletin  of  The  Cleveland  Museum  of 
Art,  January,  1926.  The  Cleveland  Museum  of  Art, 
Dudley  P.  Allen  Collection. 

125.  VIEW  OF  ARLES,  il.  p.  76. 

By  Vincent  van  Gogh;  Dutch;  1853-1890.  India 
ink  and  reed  pen;  drawing;  H.  17";  W.  21^". 
Ex.Coll:  Danforth. 

Lent  by  Museum  of  Art,  Rhode  Island  School  of 
Design,  Providence. 

126.  VIEW  OF  STREAM  BETWEEN 
CLIFFS,  not  il. 

By  Paul  Cezanne;  French;  1839-1906.  Ink  and 
water  color  on  paper;  H.  12";  W.  18i/£".  Ex.Coll: 
A.  Vollard. 

Lent  by  Rcsenberg  and  Stiebel,  New  York. 

127.  MARIN  ISLAND,  MAINE,  1914, 
il.  p.  120. 

By  John  Marin;  American;  1870-1953.  Water 
color  on  paper;  H.  16";  W.  14^4".  The  Cleveland 
Museum  of  Art,  The  Norman  O.  Stone  and  Ella 
A.  Stone  Collection. 

128.  METAMORPHIC  LANDSCAPE, 
il.  p.  113. 

By  Pavel  Tchelitchew;  Russian;  1898-.  Pen  and 
India  ink  and  wash  on  white  paper;  drawing;  H. 
1454";  w-  ll3/4"-  Signed  and  dated  lower  right, 
1942. 

Lent  by  Durlacher  Brothers,  New  York. 


158 


ADDENDA— FOREIGN  LOANS 


ATTRIBUTED  TO  YEN  TZU-P'ING,  act. 
after  1163. 

129.  PASTURE  IN  AUTUMN,  il.  p.  161. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  silk;  H.  38%6"; 
W.  l^Vio"-  Publ:  Sekai  Bijutsu  Zenshu,  vol.  14 
(China,  no.  Ill),  no.  52;  registered  Important  Cul¬ 
tural  Property  of  Japan. 

Lent  by  Kichizaemon  Sumitomo,  Kyoto. 

WEN  PO-JEN,  1502-1575,  Kiangsu  (See 
also  57,  58). 

130.  LANDSCAPES  OF  THE  SEA¬ 
SONS,  il.  p.  162. 

2  of  4  hanging  scrolls;  ink  and  slight  color  on 
paper;  H.  75%";  W.  293,4".  Dated  1551;  inscription, 
signature,  and  2  seals  of  the  artist  on  each  picture; 
additional  inscription  and  seals,  including  1  in¬ 
scription  by  Tung  Ch’i-ch’ang.  The  pictures  also 
represent  Myriad,  or  Ten  Thousand  (wan)  aspects 
of  nature:  Valleys,  Pines,  Bamboos,  Waves,  and 
Mountains.  Ex.Coll:  T.  Yamamoto;  recorded  in  the 
catalog,  Chokaido  Shoga  Mokuroku,  1932,  III/90. 
Publ:  Museum ,  Tokyo  National  Museum,  no.  17, 
August,  1952;  registered  Important  Cultural  Prop¬ 
erty  of  Japan. 

Lent  by  The  Tokyo  National  Museum. 

CHAO  TSO,  act.  ca.  1619,  Kiangsu. 

131.  THE  SCHOLAR  AND  THE 
MONK  IN  THE  BAMBOO  GROVE  PA¬ 
VILION,  il.  p.  163. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  H.  34s^"; 
W.  W.  12%e".  Inscription,  signature,  and  2  seals 
of  the  artist,  C  &  W.,  p.  440,  similar  to  nos.  4,  5. 
Inscription  and  2  seals  of  Ch’en  Chi-ju  (see  70). 
Three  collectors’  seals.  Publ:  Bibl.  63,  1/36;  bibl. 
57,  1/189. 

Lent  by  The  Osaka  Municipal  Art  Museum  (Abe 
Collection),  Osaka. 

HUANG  TAO-CHOU,  1585-1646,  Fukien. 

132.  PINE  TREES  AND  ROCKS,  il.  p. 
164. 

Handscroll;  ink  on  silk;  L.  91%";  H.  10 %".  4  in¬ 
scriptions,  signature,  and  3  seals  of  the  artist.  11 
collectors’  seals;  2  colophons  with  4  seals.  The  pines 
and  rocks  are  from  specific  sites,  in  order:  Pao-kuo 
Temple,  Peking;  Altar  of  Heaven,  Nanking;  Pao 
Shan  island,  T’ai  hu;  Huang  Shan,  Anhui.  Publ: 
Bibl.  63,  1/39;  bibl.  57,  11/34. 

Lent  by  The  Osaka  Municipal  Art  Museum  (Abe 
Collection),  Osaka. 

YUN  SHOU-PTNG  (Cheng-shu),  1633- 
1690,  Kiangsu  (See  also  92). 

133.  LANDSCAPE  ALBUM,  il.  p.  164. 


8-leaf  album;  ink  on  paper;  H.  11%";  W.  17%". 
Dated  1687;  signatures  and  6  seals  of  the  artist,  C 
&  W.,  p.  356,  nos.  33,  9,  23,  24,  6.  Publ:  Chokai  do 
Shoga  Mokuroku ,  VI/ 107  (Catalog  of  the  Yamamoto 
Coll.);  Yun  Nan-tien-to-Shih-Vao,  Tokyo,  1953 
Lent  by  Kanichi  Sumitomo,  Oiso. 


TAO-CHI  (Shih-t’ao),  before  1645-after 
1704,  Honan  (See  also  94-97). 

134.  .EIGHT  VIEWS  OF  HUANG 
SHAN,  il.  p.  165. 

8-leaf  album;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  H.  8"; 
W.  10ii46".  Inscriptions,  signatures,  and  7  seals 
of  the  artist,  C  &  W.,  p.  425,  nos.  2,  3,  7,  1.  Publ: 
Bibl.  57,  11/142;  Shih-Vao  Huang-shan  Pa-hsiang, 
Tokyo,  1953  (complete);  registered  Important  Cul¬ 
tural  Property  of  Japan. 

Lent  by  Kanichi  Sumitomo,  Oiso. 

SHIH  CHUNG,  1437-1517,  Kiangsu  (Nan¬ 
king).  (See  also  43). 

135.  WINTER,  il.  p.  166. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  on  silk;  H.  39 %";  W.  20%". 
Dated  1506,  originally  one  of  four  landscapes  of  the 
four  seasons.  Inscription,  poem,  and  4  seals  of  the 
artist;  2  collectors’  seals.  The  poem  reads  in  part: 
“The  snow  is  piling  on  the  empty  mountain, 
the  year  of  the  world  is  drawing  to  its  clQse. 
The  water  freezes  in  the  wintry  river;  a  man  is 
holding  out  his  angling  line.  The  wine  is  fresh; 
I  would  invite  my  neighbour,  but  now  my 
purse  is  empty  like  my  jar.  The  plum  trees  open 
in  the  southern  village,  and  all  their  twigs  are 
full  of  fragrant  scents.  You  must  go  out  into 
the  snow  to  pick  the  flowers,  as  said  by  Meng 
Chiao  in  the  poem  he  wrote  while  riding  on 
a  donkey.’’ 

—Bibl.  57,  vol.  1,  p.  90. 

Publ:  W.  Speiser  and  H.  Franke,  “Eine  Winterland- 
schaft  des  Shih  Chung  (1437-nach  1517)“,  Ostasi- 
atische  Zeitschrift,  N.  F.  1936,  pp.  134-139. 

Lent  by  Museum  fur  Ostasiatische  Kunst,  Cologne. 

CHANG  FENG  (Ta-feng),  act.  ca.  1645- 
1670,  Kiangsu  ((Nanking). 

136.  SKETCH  ALBUM  WITH  LAND¬ 
SCAPES,  il.  p.  167. 

7  leaves  of  an  album;  ink  on  paper;  H.  14";  W. 
IO34".  Signatures  and  5  different  seals  of  the  artist 
repeated  15  times.  Subjects:  Near  detail  of  a  pine 
tree;  Landscape  with  distant  view;  Landscape  with 
bare  willows,  temple,  and  2  figures  on  a  bridge; 
Rocks  and  potted  plant;  Landscape  with  island  and 
2  figures.  Publ:  Bibl.  57,  vol.  2,  pi.  197  (2  leaves). 

Lent  by  Dr.  R.  Breuer,  Beirut. 


159 


K’UN  TS’AN  (Shih-ch’i),  act.  ca.  1665, 
Hunan-Nanking  (See  93). 

137.  THE  PAO-EN  TEMPLE,  ±1.  p.  168. 

Hanging  scroll;  ink  and  color  on  paper;  H* 
52i/£";  W.  Dated  1663;  inscription  and  3 


seals  of  the  artist  (C  &  W.,  p.  392,  no.  12,  and 
similar  to  nos.  4t  11).  One  unidentified  collector^ 
seal  (?)  at  lower  left 

Publ:  Bibb  57,  p>  134;  Shih-ch’i  Shih-Vao  Chien - 
chiang,  Tokyo,  1954. 

Lent  by  Kanichi  Sumitomo,  Oiso. 


160 


129  Att.  to  Yen  Tzu-p'ing 


161 


130 


Wen  Po-jen 


162 


131 


Chao  Tso 


163 


132 


f 

rt  0>' 

>  T 


133 


Ytm  Shou-p'ing 


164 


j?  *  a  * 
«'*  #  * 
*  **  #t 

4  £ 

> 

*  * 


Huang  Tao-chou 


^  ^  Tao-chi 


165 


135 


Shih  Chung 


166 


167 


106  Chang  Feng 


1 37 


K'un-ts'cin 


168 


INDEX  OF  ARTISTS 


Brueghel,  Jan  (the  Elder)  .  109,  110 

Brueghel,  Pieter  (the  Elder)  .  86,  87,  158 


Cezanne,  Paul  . . . 
Ch’a  Shih-piao 

Chang  Feng  . 

Chang  Hung  . 

Chang  Seng-yu  . . . 
Chang  Tao-wu 
Chang  Tsung-ts’ang 
Chang  Yen-yuan 
Chao  Meng-fu  - 

Chao  Tso . 

Chao  Yuan . 

Chao  Yung  . 

Ch’en  Chi-ju  . 

Ch’en  Ju-yen  . 

Ch’en  Shun . 

Ch’eng  Cheng-k’uei 

Chiang  Ts’an  . 

Ch’ien  Hsuan  . 

Ch’ien  Tu  . 

Chin  Nung  . 

Chin  Wen-chin  . . . 

Ching  Hao  . 

Ch’iu  Ying . 

Chou  Ch  en  . 

Chou  Yung  . 

Chu  Chieh . 

Chu  Jan  . 

Chu  Ta  . 


.  107,  158 

. 130,  131,  156 

.  159,  167 

.  153 

.  152 

.  138,  139,  157 

.  109,  154 

.  17,  18 

. .  45,  46,  48,  57,  82,  131, 
146,  150,  155,  157 

.  159,  163 

.  58,  60,  147 

47,  48,  51,  57,  92,  93,  146 

.  95,  152,  159 

.  147 

.  87-92,  151 

.  98,  99,  152 

.  30,  31,  46,  145 

.  43-45,  146 

....  8,  139,  141,  157,  158 

.  136-138,  157 

.  61,  147 

6,  8,  23,  27,  146,  155,  157 

.  68 

.  68,  69,  149 

.  152 

.  86,  87,  151 

.  27,  149,  155 

....  95,  116,  122-125,  156 


Fan  K’uan  . v .  27,  146 

Fragonard,  Jean  Honore  .  132,  133,  158 

Gellee,  Claude  (Lorrain)  ..  8,  9,  42,  119,  123,  158 

Gogh,  Vincent  van  .  76,  77,  158 

Hsia  Ch’ang  .  62,  63,  148 

Hsia  Kuei  .  36-38,  40,  64,  145 

Hsiao  Yun-ts’ung  .  127,  128,  131,  156 

Hsieh  Ho .  ® 

Hsieh  Shih-ch’en  .  92,  93,  152 

Hsu  Pen  .  58,  60,  147 

Hsu  Tao-ning  .  24,  25,  27,  144 

Hua  Yen  ...  .  133-136,  157 

Huang  Kung-wang  .  51,  100,  105,  152, 

154,  155,  156 

Huang  Shen  .  137,  157 

Huang  Ting  .  107-109,  111,  154 

Huber,  Wolfgang  .  46,  158 

Huang  Tao-chou .  159,  164 

Hung-jen  .  128,  129,  131,  156 

Kao  K’o-kung  .  157 

K’o  Chiu-ssu  . * .  145 

Ku  I-teh  .  101,  102,  153 

Ku  K’ai-chih  .  5,  15,  17 

Kuan  Tao-sheng .  148 

Kuan  T’ung  .  .  .  27,  146,  155,  157 

K’un-ts’an  .  1 15-1 17,  168 

Kung  Hsien  .  95,  116,  126,  154,  156,  160 

Kuo  Chung-shu  .  122,  156 

Kuo  Hsi  .  8,  23,  26,  27,  46,  48,  109,  145,  153 

Kuo  Hsu .  65,  69,  149 

Kuo  To-hsu  . 

Lan  Ying .  97,  100,  152,  153 


Li  Ch’eng  .  23,  27,  46,  48,  131,  146 

Li  Liu-fang  .  96,  98,  152 

Li  Shih-cho  .  139,  140,  157 

Li  Shih-hsing  .  48,  57,  146 

Li  Sung  .  35,  145 

Li  T’ang .  69,  93,  145 

Liang  K’ai  .  40,  41,  146 

Liu  Chueh  .  53,  55,  148 

Liu  Sung-nien  .  145,  157 

Lu  Chih  .  83,  85,  87,  88,  151 


Ma  Yuan  .  04 

Marin,  John  .  120,  158 

Mei  Ch’ing .  131-133,  156,  157 

Mi  Fei  .  33 

Mi  Yu-jen  .  33,  145 

Mo  Shih-lung  .  95 

Mu  Ch’i  .  41 

Ni  Tsan  .  51-54,  57,  60,  73,  87,  98,  105,  107 

131,  146,  150,  152-156 


Pien  Ching-chao  .  61,  148 

Rembrandt  van  Ryn  .  7,  65,  68,  77,  158 

Shen  Chou  .  53,  55,  57,  61,  63,  64,  73-79,  82, 

92,  93,  116,  148-150,  155,  157 

Sheng  Mao-yeh  .  97,  98,  152 

Shih  Chung  .  65,  67,  149,  159,  166 

Tai  Chin  .  64,  148 

T’ang  Yin  .  68,  70-72,  77,  149 

Tao-chi  (Shih-t’ao)  .  6,  53,  115-121,  126,  129, 

133,  155,  159,  165 

Tchelitchew,  Pavel  .  112,  115,  158 

Ting  Yun-p’eng  .  100,  101,  153 

Ts’ao  Chih-po  .  56,  57,  146 

Tsung  Ping  .  6,  7,  17 

Tu  Chin  .  64,  66,  133,  148 

Tung  Ch’i-ch’ang  .  61,  93-95,  98,  100,  102, 

105,  115,  116,  122,  145,  148,  151-153,  159 
Tung  Yuan  ..  27,  48,  100,  146,  148,  149,  152,  155 


Wang  Chien  .  102,  103,  110,  153 

Wang  Chien-chiang  .  100,  153 

Wang  Fu  .  148 

Wang  Hui .  8,  103—105,  111,  153 

Wang  Mcng  ....  50-52,  57,  60,  100,  102,  104,  109, 
111,  146,  153,  154,  156,  157 

Wang  Shih-chen .  21 

Wang  Shih-min  .  102,  147 

Wang  To  .  145 

Wang  Wei .  18,  19,  21,  40,  46,  110,  144,  156 

Wang  Yuan -ch’i  ...95,  102,  105-107,  109,  116,  154 
Wei  Chih-ko  .  153 


102,  149-151 

Wen  Chia .  150 

Wen  Po-jen  .  83-85,  102,  151,  159,  162 

Wu  Chen  .  49,  51,  52,  73,  98,  100, 

115,  146,  153,  156 

Wu  Li  .  60,  110-113,  115,  132,  154 

Yao  T’ing-mei  .  57,  59,  147 

Yen  Tzu-p’ing  .  159,  161 

Yen  Wen-kuei  .  27 

Yuan  Chiang .  109,  110,  154 

Yun  Hsiang  .  83,  153 

Yun  Shou-p’ing  .  110,  114-116,  154,  159,  164 


169 


LITHOPRINTED  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES  OF  AMERICA  BY 
CUSHING  -  MALLOY,  INC,,  ANN  ARBOR,  MICHIGAN,  1954 


CLEVELAND  MUSEUM  OF  ART 


3  3032  00628  6086 


c 

c-^